Annual Statements Open main menu

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES INC - Annual Report: 2011 (Form 10-K)

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. - Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 December 31, 2011

or

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission file number: 001-34292

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Pennsylvania   23-2530374
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

77 East King Street, P. O. Box 250,

Shippensburg, Pennsylvania

  17257
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (717) 532-6114

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, No Par Value   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232,405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

  

Accelerated filer  x

  

Non-accelerated filer  ¨

  

Smaller reporting company  ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.).  Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last price the registrant’s Common Stock was sold as of June 30, 2011, $26.31 per share, was $202 million based on 7,683,850 shares of Common Stock outstanding less shares held by affiliates. For purposes of this calculation, the term “affiliate” refers to all directors and executive officers of the registrant, and all persons beneficially owning more than 5% of the registrant’s common stock.

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of February 24, 2012: 8,056,139.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

          Page  

Part I

     

Item 1.

  

Business

     2   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     10   

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     19   

Item 2.

  

Properties

     20   

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     21   

Item 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     21   

Part II

     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     22   

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     24   

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26   

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     71   

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     73   

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     125   

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     125   

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

     126   

Part III

     

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     127   

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     127   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     127   

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     128   

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     128   

Part IV

     

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     129   

Signatures

     132   

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1—BUSINESS

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”), a Pennsylvania corporation, is the holding company for Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”). The Company’s executive offices are located at 77 East King Street, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania, 17257. The Company was organized on November 17, 1987, for the purpose of acquiring the Bank and such other banks and bank related activities as are permitted by law and desirable. The Bank provides banking and bank related services in South Central Pennsylvania, principally in Franklin, Perry and Cumberland Counties in Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. The twenty-one offices of the Bank are located in Shippensburg (2), Carlisle (5), Spring Run, Orrstown, Chambersburg (3), Greencastle, Mechanicsburg (2), Camp Hill, Newport (2), Duncannon, and New Bloomfield, Pennsylvania and Hagerstown, Maryland.

The Company files periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the form of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K, annual proxy statements and current reports on Form 8-K for any significant events that may arise during the year. Copies of these reports, and any amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), may be obtained free of charge through the SEC’s internet site at www.sec.gov or by accessing the Company’s website at www.orrstown.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website shall not be considered a part of this Form 10-K.

History and Acquisitions

The Bank was originally organized in 1919 as a state-chartered bank. On March 8, 1988, in a bank holding company reorganization transaction, the Company acquired 100% ownership of the Bank, issuing 131,455 shares of the Company’s common stock to the former shareholders of the Bank.

On May 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of The First National Bank of Newport (“First National”), a national banking institution with $120 million in assets at the time of the acquisition. The final consideration paid in the transaction to stockholders of First National consisted of approximately 699,949 shares of the Company’s common stock and $8.9 million in cash. The transaction was valued at approximately $34 million in the aggregate. As a result of this transaction, the Company added four branches located in Perry County, Pennsylvania, $120 million in assets, $72 million in loans and $106 million in deposits to its franchise. First National remained a separate subsidiary banking institution of the Company until June 15, 2007 when First National merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving institution.

Business

The Company’s primary activity consists of owning and supervising its subsidiary, the Bank. The day-to-day management of the Company is conducted by the Bank’s officers. The Company derives a majority of its current income through dividends from the Bank. As of December 31, 2011, the Company, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $1,444,097,000, total shareholders’ equity of $128,197,000 and total deposits of approximately $1,216,902,000.

The Company has no employees. Its five officers are employees of the Bank. On December 31, 2011, the Bank had 296 full-time and 49 part-time employees.

The Bank is engaged in commercial banking and trust business as authorized by the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965. This involves accepting demand, time and savings deposits, and granting loans. The Bank grants commercial, residential, consumer and agribusiness loans in its market areas of Franklin, Perry and Cumberland Counties in Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses” filed herewith in Part II, Item 8,

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. The Bank maintains a diversified loan portfolio and evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer pursuant to collateral standards established in the Bank’s lending policies and procedures.

Lending

All secured loans are supported with appraisals or evaluations of collateral. Business equipment and machinery, inventories, accounts receivable, and farm equipment are considered appropriate security, provided they meet acceptable standards for liquidity and marketability. Loans secured by equipment and/or other non real estate collateral generally do not exceed 70% of appraised value or cost, whichever is lower. Loans secured by residential real estate generally do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property. Loan to collateral values are monitored as part of the loan review process, and appraisals are updated as deemed appropriate under the circumstances.

Commercial Lending

A majority of the Company’s loan assets are loans for business purpose. Approximately 75% of the loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans. The Bank makes commercial real estate, equipment, working capital and other commercial purpose loans as required by the broad range of borrowers across the Bank’s various markets. The average size loan in the Bank’s commercial loan portfolio is approximately $280,000.

The Bank’s loan policy dictates the underwriting requirements for the various types of loans the Bank would extend to borrowers. The policy covers such requirements as debt coverage ratios, advance rate against different forms of collateral, LTV and maximum term.

Approximately 50% of the Bank’s commercial portfolio is owner occupied or non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans including multi family. The typical loan in this type is secured by a commercial property with a maximum LTV of 75% of the appraised value of the property. The maximum term and amortization typically does not exceed 20 years. Interest rates charged on these loans are primarily fixed for a period of 3 to 7 years and then adjust to an index and spread after the fixed rate period. The average size of a loan in this type is approximately $414,000.

Approximately 38% of the Bank’s commercial portfolio consists of loans for general commercial purpose and include permanent working capital, short term working capital and machinery and equipment financing. These types of loans can either be in the form of lines of credit or term loans. These loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a majority of these loans, the collateral also includes the business real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. The personal guarantee of the business owner is also taken. In the case of term loans, the average term of a loan is primarily driven by the use of the loan proceeds and the useful life of the collateral. Interest rates charged are either fixed or variable. If the interest rate is or will become variable at any point in the life of a particular loan, an interest rate floor is typically placed on the loan. The average size of a loan in this type is approximately $71,000.

Consumer Lending

The Bank provides home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans through its branch network. A large majority of the consumer loans are secured by either a first or second lien position on the borrower’s primary residential real estate. The Bank requires a LTV of no greater than 90% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral. The Bank’s underwriting standards typically require a borrower to have a debt to income ratio of 38% or less.

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

Residential Lending

The Bank provides residential mortgages throughout its various markets through a network of mortgage loan officers. A majority of the residential mortgages originated are sold to secondary market investors, primarily Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. All mortgages, regardless of being sold or held in the Bank’s portfolio, are underwritten to secondary market industry standards for prime mortgages. The Bank requires a LTV of no greater than 80% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral, without the borrower obtaining private mortgage insurance.

Loan Review

Administration and supervision over the lending process is provided by the Bank’s Credit Administration Committee which is comprised of outside directors. Executive officers and loan department personnel regularly meet with and report to the Credit Administration Committee. The loan origination process is continuous, commencing with the approval of a loan. Each new loan is reviewed by the Loan Department for compliance with banking regulations and lending policy requirements for documentation, collateral standards, and approvals. The Bank employed a Loan Review Officer, who was independent from the loan origination function and reported directly to the Credit Administration Committee. Effective July 2011, the Bank outsourced its independent loan review to a third party provider, which continually monitors and evaluates loan customers utilizing risk-rating criteria established in the Loan Policy in order to spot deteriorating trends and detect conditions which might indicate potential problem loans. The Loan Review Firm reports the results of the loan reviews at least quarterly to the Credit Administration Committee for approval and provides the basis for evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

During 2010, we implemented a centralized consumer underwriting solution, which enables us to process loans more efficiently, providing our customers with faster turnaround times. As a result, we increased our mortgage origination sales force. Our team is supported by a state of the art system that enables them to take applications at the customer’s home or business via laptop. Additionally, we added several new mortgage products including Federal Home Administration (FHA), Veterans Administration (VA) and USDA Guaranteed Rural Housing programs. Customers now have the ability to apply for mortgages electronically. Consumer loan pre-approvals are instant, and most loan decisions are made within 24 hours. After approval, the entire process is simplified and expedited, enabling the Bank to handle a much larger volume of lending without significant increases in support staff.

A new website was launched in 2011 and provides the platform for a new consumer loan and mortgage products and other enhancements to improve the customer experience. A customer relationship management (CRM) system will also be implemented which will enable our sales staff to more effectively meet all our customers’ needs. The new system will provide real time sales management tools and metrics to support the growth of all our lines of business.

Orrstown Financial Advisors (“OFA”)

Through its trust department, the Bank renders services as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, managing agent, custodian, investment advisor, and other fiduciary activities authorized by law under the trade name “Orrstown Financial Advisors.” OFA offers retail brokerage services through a third party broker/dealer arrangement with Financial Network Investment Company (“FNIC”). As of December 31, 2011, trust assets under management were $947,273,000.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company is a financial holding company, and is registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). As a registered bank holding company and financial holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Federal Reserve.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

The operations of the Bank are subject to federal and state statutes applicable to banks chartered under the banking laws of the United States, and to banks whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company (“FDIC”). The Bank’s operation is also subject to regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (“PDB”), the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.

Several of the more significant regulatory provisions applicable to banks and financial holding companies to which the Company and the Bank are subject are discussed below, along with certain regulatory matters concerning the Company and the Bank. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory provisions. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Company and the Bank.

Financial and Bank Holding Company Activities

As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in, and acquire companies engaged in, activities that are considered “financial in nature”, as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve interpretations. These activities include, among other things, securities underwriting, dealing and market-making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency activities, and merchant banking. If any banking subsidiary of the Company ceases to be “well capitalized” or “well managed” under applicable regulatory standards, the Federal Reserve may, among other things, place limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or, if the deficiencies persist, require the Company to divest the banking subsidiary. In addition, if any banking subsidiary of the Company receives a Community Reinvestment Act rating of less than satisfactory, the Company would be prohibited from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies. The Company may engage directly or indirectly in activities considered financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, as long as it gives the Federal Reserve after-the-fact notice of the new activities.

FDIC Insurance and Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the FDIC. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000 and unlimited deposit insurance was extended to non-interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2012. Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC had established a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program under which, for the payment of an additional assessment by insured banks that did not opt out, the FDIC fully guaranteed all non- interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2010 (the “Transaction Account Guarantee Program”) and all senior unsecured debt of insured depository institutions or their qualified holding companies issued between October 14, 2008 and October 31, 2009, with the FDIC’s guarantee expiring by December 31, 2012 (the “Debt Guarantee Program”). The Company and the Bank opted out of the Debt Guarantee Program. The Bank did not opt out of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios. Within its risk category, an institution is assigned an initial base assessment which is then adjusted to determine its final assessment rate based on its level of brokered deposits, secured liabilities and unsecured debt. Starting in 2009, the FDIC significantly raised the assessment rate in order to restore the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund to the statutory minimum of 1.15%.

The FDIC imposed a special assessment equal to five basis points of assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009 payable on September 30, 2009 and reserved the right to impose additional special assessments. In lieu of further special assessments, on November 12, 2009 the FDIC required all insured depository institutions to

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

prepay their estimated risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012 on December 30, 2009. For purposes of estimating future assessments, an institution would assume 5% annual growth in the assessment base and a three basis point increase in the current assessment rate for 2011 and 2012. The prepaid assessment would be applied against the actual assessment until exhausted. Any funds remaining after June 30, 2013 would be returned to the institution. At this point, it is unlikely there will be any refunds to the Bank at June 30, 2013.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to take such steps as necessary to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020. In setting the assessments, the FDIC is required to offset the effect of the higher reserve ratio against insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments so that assessments will be based on the average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity capital of a financial institution rather than on its insured deposits.

Pursuant to these requirements, the FDIC adopted new assessment regulations effective April 1, 2011 that redefined the assessment base as average consolidated assets less average tangible equity. Insured banks with more than $1.0 billion in assets must calculate quarterly average assets based on daily balances while smaller banks and newly chartered banks may use weekly averages. In the case of a merger, the average assets of the surviving bank for the quarter must include the average assets of the merged institution for the period in the quarter prior to the merger. Average assets would be reduced by goodwill and other intangibles. Average tangible equity equals Tier 1 capital. For institutions with more than $1.0 billion in assets average tangible equity is calculated on a weekly basis while smaller institutions may use the quarter-end balance. The base assessment rate for insured institutions in Risk Category I will range between 5 to 9 basis points and for institutions in Risk Categories II, III, and IV will be 14, 23 and 35 basis points. An institution’s assessment rate will be reduced based on the amount of its outstanding unsecured long-term debt and for institutions in Risk Categories II, III and IV may be increased based on their brokered deposits. Risk Categories are eliminated for institutions with more than $10 billion in assets which will be assessed at a rate between 5 and 35 basis points.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The FICO assessment rates, which are determined quarterly, averaged .007% of the assessment base of tangible assets on an annualized basis in fiscal year 2011. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act was intended to affect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gives federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally created a new independent federal regulator to administer federal consumer protection laws. The Dodd-Frank Act is expected to have a significant impact on our business operations as its provisions take effect. Among the provisions that are likely to affect us are the following:

Holding Company Capital Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to apply consolidated capital requirements to depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally required capital requirements to be countercyclical so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness.

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, and extended unlimited deposit insurance

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

to non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020 and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Effective one year from the date of enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business checking accounts.

Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act required publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting taking place six months after the date of enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders. The legislation also authorized the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act directed the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. The Dodd-Frank Act gave the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

Prohibition Against Charter Conversions of Troubled Institutions. Effective one year after enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of the conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days. The notice must include a plan to address the significant supervisory matter. The converting institution must also file a copy of the conversion application with its current federal regulator which must notify the resulting federal regulator of any ongoing supervisory or investigative proceedings that are likely to result in an enforcement action and provide access to all supervisory and investigative information relating hereto.

Interstate Branching. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes national and state banks to establish branches in other states to the same extent as a bank chartered by that state would be permitted to branch. Previously, banks could only establish branches in other states if the host state expressly permitted out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state. Accordingly, banks will be able to enter new markets more freely.

Limits on Derivatives. Effective 18 months after enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits state-chartered banks from engaging in derivatives transactions unless the loans to one borrower limits of the state in which the bank is chartered takes into consideration credit exposure to derivatives transactions. For this purpose, derivative transaction includes any contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note or option that is based in whole or in part on the value of, any interest in, or any quantitative measure or the occurrence of any event relating to, one or more commodities securities, currencies, interest or other rates, indices or other assets.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the definition of affiliate for purposes of quantitative and qualitative limitations of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act to include mutual funds advised by a depository institution or its affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act will apply Section 23A and Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (governing transactions with insiders) to derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transaction that create credit exposure to an affiliate or an insider. Any such transactions with affiliates must be fully secured. The current exemption from Section 23A for transactions with financial subsidiaries will be eliminated. The Dodd-Frank Act will additionally prohibit an insured depository institution from purchasing an asset from or selling an asset to an insider unless the transaction is on market terms and, if representing more than 10% of capital, is approved in advance by the disinterested directors.

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

Debit Card Interchange Fees. Effective July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that the amount of any interchange fee charged by a debit card issuer with respect to a debit card transaction must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer. Within nine months of enactment, the Federal Reserve is required to establish standards for reasonable and proportional fees which may take into account the costs of preventing fraud. While the restrictions on interchange fees do not apply to banks that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10 billion, the rule could affect the competitiveness of debit cards issued by smaller banks.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other statutes. The CFPB will have examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions will be subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB will have authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act will allow borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

Liability for Banking Subsidiaries

Under Federal Reserve policy, a bank holding company such as the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to their support. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide it. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC can hold any FDIC-insured depository institution liable for any loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with (1) the “default” of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution; or (2) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution “in danger of default”.

Capital Requirements

Information concerning the compliance of the Company and the Bank with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference from Note 14, “Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital”, of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included under Item 8 of this report, and from the “Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters” section of the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, included under Item 7 of this report.

Pennsylvania Banking Law

The Pennsylvania Banking Code (“Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. The Banking Code delegates extensive rule-making power and administrative discretion to the PDB so that the supervision and regulation of state chartered banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act (“FDIA”), however, prohibits state chartered banks from making new investments, loans, or becoming involved in activities as principal and equity investments which are not permitted for national banks unless (1) the FDIC determines the activity or investment does not pose a

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

significant risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund and (2) the bank meets all applicable capital requirements. Accordingly, the additional operating authority provided to the Bank by the Banking Code is significantly restricted by the FDIA.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company’s funding for cash distributions to its shareholders is derived from a variety of sources, including cash and temporary investments. One of the principal sources of those funds has historically been dividends received from the Bank. Various federal and state laws limit the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Company without regulatory approval. In addition, federal bank regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business. The payment of dividends, depending upon the financial condition of the bank in question, could be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends in the future is currently, and could be further, influenced by bank regulatory policies and capital guidelines. In 2009, the Federal Reserve notified all bank holding companies that dividends should be eliminated, deferred or significantly reduced if the bank holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; the bank holding company’s prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall, current and prospective financial conditions; or the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Additional information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to dividends is incorporated by reference from the risk factors entitled “We expect to be subject to restrictions and conditions of formal agreements to be issued by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Failure to comply with the expected formal agreements could result in additional enforcement action against us, including the imposition of monetary penalties,” and “We recently discontinued our quarterly cash dividend and suspended our stock repurchase program based on regulatory requirements and we do not anticipate being able to resume either in the near future” included under Item 1A of this report and Note 15, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances”, of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included under Item 8 of this report, and the “Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, included under Item 7 of this report.

Other Federal Laws and Regulations

The Company’s operations are subject to additional federal laws and regulations applicable to financial institutions, including, without limitation:

 

   

Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related regulations, which require us to maintain privacy policies intended to safeguard customer financial information, to disclose the policies to our customers and to allow customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

Consumer protection rules for the sale of insurance products by depository institutions, adopted pursuant to the requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act; and

 

   

USA Patriot Act, which requires financial institutions to take certain actions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism.

Future Legislation

Changes to the laws and regulations in the states where the Company and the Bank do business can affect the operating environment of both the Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot accurately predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if those changes occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. This is also true of federal legislation, particularly given the current challenging economic environment.

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Capital Market

The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “ORRF” and is subject to NASDAQ’s rules for listed companies.

Forward Looking Statements

Additional information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to forward looking statements is incorporated by reference from the “Important Factors Relating to Forward Looking Statements” section of the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included in this report under Item 7.

Competition

The Bank’s principal market area consists of Franklin County, Perry County and Cumberland County, Pennsylvania, and Washington County, Maryland. The Bank services a substantial number of depositors in this market area, with the greatest concentration in Chambersburg, Shippensburg, and Carlisle, Pennsylvania and the surrounding areas.

The Bank, like other depository institutions, has been subjected to competition from less heavily regulated entities such as credit unions, brokerage firms, money market funds, consumer finance and credit card companies, and other commercial banks, many of which are larger than the Bank. The principal methods of competing effectively in the financial services industry include improving customer service through the quality and range of services provided, improving efficiencies and pricing services competitively. The Bank is competitive with the financial institutions in its service areas with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts and interest rates charged on loans.

The Bank continues to implement strategic initiatives focused on expanding our core businesses and to explore, on an ongoing basis, acquisition, divestiture, and joint venture opportunities. We analyze each of our products and businesses in the context of customer demands, competitive advantages, industry dynamics, and growth potential.

ITEM 1A—RISK FACTORS

Our financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. These risk factors include the following:

We expect to be subject to restrictions and conditions of formal agreements to be issued by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Failure to comply with the expected formal agreements could result in additional enforcement action against us, including the imposition of monetary penalties.

The Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking have recently advised the Company and the Bank that we will become subject to formal written agreements with each of these regulators. We have received drafts of the proposed agreements and we expect the final agreements will require us to discontinue a number of practices and to take a number of actions. In particular, we expect that the Federal Reserve will order us to, among other things to prepare and submit plans regarding: (i) strengthen credit risk management practices and underwriting, (ii) the repayment or disposition of properties classified as OREO and nonperforming or criticized assets, (iii) the allowance for loan loss methodology, (iv) capital, (v) a management review. These formal agreements will also restrict the ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends, to repurchase stock or to incur indebtedness without prior regulatory approval. We intend to fully comply with the formal agreements when issued. However, if we fail to comply, the Federal Reserve and/or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking could take additional enforcement action against us. Possible enforcement actions against us could include the issuance of a cease and desist order that could be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

monetary penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital or to enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the termination of insurance of deposits, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders. Any remedial measure or enforcement action, whether formal or informal, could impose restrictions on our ability to operate our business and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any formal enforcement action could harm our reputation and our ability to retain and attract customers and impact the trading price of our common stock.

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant additional regulatory compliance expense in connection with the expected formal agreement. Such additional regulatory compliance costs could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, deviations from our business plan will likely have to be approved by the regulators, which could limit our ability to make any changes to our business. This could negatively impact the scope and flexibility of our business activities.

We recently discontinued our quarterly cash dividend and suspended our stock repurchase program based on regulatory requirements and we do not anticipate being able to resume either in the near future.

The Company is a holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend, which was the result of regulatory guidance from the Federal Reserve indicating that the Company’s dividend application would not be approved. Due to subsequent regulatory restrictions which we expect to be included in formal agreements with our regulators the Company does not anticipate being permitted to declare a cash dividend or resuming its stock repurchase program in the near future. Accordingly, there can no assurances as to whether, or in what amounts, cash dividends will be declared in the future or, if resumed, whether they will continue or be suspended or discontinued.

We may be required to make further increases in our provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect us.

There is no precise method of predicting loan losses. For 2011, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $58,575,000. We also recorded net loan charge-offs of $30,880,000 in 2011 as compared to $3,972,000 in 2010. Our risk element assets, including nonperforming loans, troubled debt restructurings, loans greater than 90 days past due still accruing, and other real estate owned, increased in 2011 from $18,436,000 at December 31, 2010 to $113,779,000 at December 31, 2011. Further, loans that are classified as special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss totaled $241,277,000 at December 31, 2011. We can give no assurance that our allowance for loan losses is or will be sufficient to absorb actual loan losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, that represents management’s best estimate of probable incurred losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of, among other factors, the status of specific impaired loans, trends in historical loss experience, delinquency trends, credit concentrations and economic conditions within our market area. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. Increases in nonperforming loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses.

In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those of management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed our allowance for loan losses, we will need to record additional provisions to increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Generally, increases in our

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and stockholders’ equity, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our allowance for loan losses was 4.53% of total loans and 39% of nonaccrual and restructured loans still accruing at December 31, 2011, compared to 1.66% of total loans and 106% of nonaccrual and restructured loans still accruing at December 31, 2010. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. In addition, at December 31, 2011, our top 25 lending relationships individually had commitments in excess of $242,253,000, and a total outstanding loan balance of $207,436,000, or nearly 21.5% of the loan portfolio. The deterioration of one or more of these loans could result in a significant increase in our nonperforming loans and our provisions for loan losses, which would negatively impact our results of operations.

Unfavorable economic and market conditions due to the current global financial crisis may materially and adversely affect us.

Economic and market conditions in the United States and around the world have deteriorated significantly in recent years and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. Conditions such as slowing or negative growth and the sub-prime debt devaluation crisis have resulted in a low level of liquidity in many financial markets and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed income markets. These economic developments could have various effects on us, including insolvency of major customers and a negative impact on the investment income we are able to earn on our investment portfolio.

Lending money is an essential part of our business. Due to the current challenging economic conditions, customers may be unable or unwilling to borrow money or repay funds already borrowed. The risk of non-payment is affected by credit risks attributable to a particular customer, changes in economic conditions, the duration of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors. The potential effects of the current global financial crisis are difficult to forecast and mitigate. As a consequence, our operating results for a particular period are difficult to predict. The impact of this situation, together with concerns regarding the financial strength of financial institutions, has led to distress in credit markets and liquidity issues for financial institutions. Some financial institutions around the world have failed; others have been forced to seek acquisition partners. The United States and other governments have taken unprecedented steps to try to stabilize the financial system, including investing in financial institutions. Our business and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by (1) continued or accelerated disruption and volatility in financial markets, (2) continued capital and liquidity concerns regarding financial institutions generally and our counterparties specifically, (3) limitations resulting from further governmental action in an effort to stabilize or provide additional regulation of the financial system, or (4) recessionary conditions that are deeper or last longer than currently anticipated.

Governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may impair our operations or restrict our growth.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The requirements and limitations imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. These regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit our shareholders. Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is within our control. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied or enforced. We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation, regulation or the application thereof. Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not regulated in the same manner or are subject to less regulation.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

Furthermore, if we fail to meet any regulatory capital requirement, we will be subject to the prompt corrective action framework of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, which imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions as the capital category of an institution declines, up to and including the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Bank. A failure to meet regulatory capital requirements could also subject us to capital raising requirements.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may affect our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions affecting large and small financial institutions, including several provisions that will profoundly affect how community banks and bank holding companies will be regulated in the future. Among other things, these provisions relax rules regarding interstate branching, allow financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, change the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage and impose new capital requirements on bank holding companies. In addition, there is significant uncertainty about the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act because many of its provisions require subsequent regulatory rule making.

The Dodd-Frank Act establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve, which will be given authority to promulgate consumer protection regulations applicable to all entities offering financial services or products, including banks. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a series of provisions covering mortgage loan origination standards affecting, among other things, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards and pre-payments.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on the Company’s operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to affect our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand the activities in which Orrstown permissibly may engage and it may affect the competitive balance within the Company’s industry and market areas.

The Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations to be adopted thereunder are expected to subject us and other financial institutions to additional restrictions, oversight and costs that may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or the price of the Company’s common stock and the Company’s ability to continue to conduct business consistent with historical practices.

The recent repeal of federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense and reduce our net interest margin.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. We do not know what interest rates or products other institutions may offer. Our interest expense could increase and our net interest margin could decrease if we begin offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers. Consequently, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have a significant deferred tax asset and cannot assure you that it will be fully realized.

We had net deferred tax assets of $18,182,000 as of December 31, 2011. There is no valuation allowance against our federal net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 because we believe that it is more likely than not these assets will be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we considered the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies and estimated future taxable income based on management prepared forecasts. This process required significant judgment by management about matters that are by nature uncertain. If future events differ significantly from our current forecasts, we may need to establish a valuation allowance, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

Our inability to use a short form registration statement on Form S-3 may affect our short-term ability to access the capital markets, if needed.

A registration statement on Form S-3 permits an eligible issuer to incorporate by reference its past and future filings and reports made under the Exchange Act. In addition, Form S-3 enables eligible issuers to conduct primary offerings “off the shelf” under Rule 415 of the Securities Act. The shelf registration process under Form S-3 combined with the ability to incorporate information on a forward basis, allows issuers to avoid additional delays and interruptions in the offering process and to access the capital markets in a more expeditions and efficient manner than raising capital in a standard offering on Form S-3. One of the requirements for Form S-3 eligibility is for an issuer to have a market capitalization held by the public (a “public float”) of $75 million or more. As of the date of the filing of this Form 10-K, because our stock price has declined, our public float is less than $75 million and we would not be eligible to use Form S-3 to raise additional capital unless the stock price increased. As a result, if we wanted to raise capital in the capital markets during a period of time that we are unable to use Form S-3, we may experience delays. Any such delay may result in offering terms that may not be advantageous to us or may cause us not to obtain capital in a timely fashion to execute our business strategies.

Changes in interest rates could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating income, net income and liquidity depend to a great extent on our net interest margin, i.e., the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on loans, securities and other interest earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. Our earnings and liquidity could also be materially adversely affected if the rates on our loans, securities and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. Our operations are subject to risks and uncertainties surrounding our exposure to changes in the interest rate environment.

Additionally, based on our analysis of the interest rate sensitivity of our assets, an increase in the general level of interest rates will negatively affect the market value of our investment portfolio because of the relatively long duration of the securities included in our investment portfolio.

Changes in interest rates also can affect: (1) our ability to originate loans; (2) the value of our interest-earning assets, which would negatively impact stockholders’ equity, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets; (3) our ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives; and (4) the ability of our borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

During the past few years, higher levels of bank failures have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC, and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In addition, the FDIC and the U.S. Congress have taken action to increase federal deposit insurance coverage, placing additional stress on the deposit insurance fund.

To further support the rebuilding of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on each insured institution, equal to five basis points of the institution’s total assets minus Tier 1 capital as of September 30, 2009. For the Bank, this represented an aggregate charge of approximately $515,000. In lieu of imposing an additional special assessment, the FDIC required all institutions to prepay their assessments for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, which for us totaled $4,489,000. The FDIC has indicated that future special assessments are possible, although it has not determined the magnitude or timing of any future assessments.

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

In 2011, the FDIC finalized its new assessment for insurance, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule, which took effect April 1, 2011, bases the assessment on what the Bank holds in assets, minus tangible equity, instead of the previous method which was based on deposit holdings.

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums. Our expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011, have been significantly and adversely affected by these increased premiums and the special assessment. These increases and assessment and any future increases in insurance premiums or additional special assessments may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results and comply with the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result, current and potential shareholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting and disclosure required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which could adversely affect our business and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, referred to as Section 404, we are required to include in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2011, the Company reported a material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting in this annual report on Form 10-K as it pertains to its loan ratings and resulting impact on the allowance for loan losses calculation. Compliance with the requirements of Section 404 is expensive and time-consuming. If, in the future, we fail to remediate our material weakness or complete this evaluation in a timely manner, or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot timely attest to our evaluation, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our inability to establish an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures could cause our current and potential shareholders and customers to lose confidence in our financial reporting and disclosure required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which could adversely affect our business.

We are a holding company dependent for liquidity on payments from the Bank, our sole subsidiary, which are subject to restrictions.

We are a holding company and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank, our only subsidiary to fund dividend payments, if permitted, and to fund all payments on obligations. The Bank is subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from it to us. We anticipate being subject to formal regulatory restrictions prohibiting any dividend from the Bank to us without prior regulatory approval. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors.

Because our business is concentrated in South Central Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected by economic conditions and real estate values in these market areas.

Our operations and the properties securing our loans are primarily in South Central Pennsylvania (principally Franklin, Perry and Cumberland Counties) and in Washington County, Maryland. Our operating results depend largely on economic conditions and real estate valuations in these and surrounding areas. A further deterioration in the economic conditions in these market areas could materially adversely affect our operations and increase loan delinquencies, increase problem assets and foreclosures, increase claims and lawsuits, decrease the demand for our products and services and decrease the value of collateral securing loans, especially real estate, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, the value of assets associated with nonperforming loans and collateral coverage.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

Our commercial real estate lending may expose us to a greater risk of loss and hurt our earnings and profitability.

Our business strategy involves making loans secured by commercial real estate. These types of loans generally have higher risk-adjusted returns and shorter maturities than traditional one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2011, our loans secured by commercial real estate totaled approximately $368,010,000, which represented 38% of total loans. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally for larger amounts and may involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Payments on loans secured by these properties are often dependent on the income produced by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on the successful operation and management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans is subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. In addition, many economists believe that deterioration in income producing commercial real estate is likely to worsen as vacancy rates continue to rise and absorption rates of existing square footage continue to decline. Because of the current challenging economic environment, these loans represent higher risk, could result in an increase in our total net-charge offs and could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our regulators may require us to limit or cease this type of lending in the future. While we seek to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related losses.

Our construction loans and land development loans involve a higher degree of risk than other segments of our loan portfolio.

Construction financing typically involves a higher degree of credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the bid price and estimated cost (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. If the estimate of the value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project whose value is insufficient to assure full repayment. When lending to builders, the cost of construction breakdown is provided by the builder, as well as supported by the appraisal. Although our underwriting criteria are designed to evaluate and minimize the risks of each construction loan, there can be no guarantee that these practices will safeguard against material delinquencies and losses to our operations. In addition, our regulators may request us to limit or cease this type of lending in the future. At December 31, 2011, we had loans of approximately $84,662,000, or 9% of total loans, outstanding to finance construction and land development. Construction and land development loans are dependent on the successful completion of the projects they finance, however, in many cases such construction and development projects in our primary market areas are not being completed in a timely manner, if at all.

We are required to make a number of judgments in applying accounting policies and different estimates and assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease in capital and/or other material changes to our reports of financial condition and results of operations. Also, changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments and the fair value of certain financial instruments (securities, derivatives, and privately held investments). While we have identified those accounting policies that are considered critical and have procedures in place to facilitate the associated judgments, different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease to net income and, possibly, capital and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing various financial services may adversely affect our profitability and liquidity.

We have substantial competition in originating loans, both commercial and consumer, in our market area. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and access to capital, stronger regulatory ratios, and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income and liquidity by decreasing the number and size of loans that we originate and the interest rates we may charge on these loans.

In attracting business and consumer deposits, we face substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and access to capital, stronger regulatory ratios, stronger asset quality and performance, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could materially adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain and could increase our cost of funds.

Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

In assessing the impairment of investment securities, we consider the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, and our intent and ability to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Under current accounting standards, goodwill and certain other intangible assets with indeterminate lives are no longer amortized but, instead, are assessed for impairment periodically or when impairment indicators are present. Assessment of goodwill and such other intangible assets could result in circumstances where the applicable intangible asset is deemed to be impaired for accounting purposes. As a result of the Company’s annual goodwill testing, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000 during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Although all goodwill was removed from the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, any goodwill generated in the future will be subject to periodic assessment for impairment and may result in future charges to earnings.

Our business strategy includes the continuation of moderate growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

Our assets increased $635,066,000, or 80% from $809,031,000 at January 1, 2007, to $1,444,097,000 at December 31, 2011, primarily due to organic growth through increases in residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans and securities available for sale funded by growth in deposits. Over the long term, we expect to continue to experience growth in the amount of our assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. However, in the immediate future we expect our growth to be limited as we attempt to work through asset quality issues and preserve capital. Achieving our growth targets requires us to successfully execute our business strategies, which include continuing to grow our loan portfolio thereby recognizing the value of our investments in personnel in that area. Our ability to successfully grow will also depend on the continued availability of loan opportunities that meet underwriting standards and our ability to meet minimum

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

capital ratios to be considered well capitalized. In addition, once our asset quality metrics return to more historical levels, we may consider the acquisition of other financial institutions and branches within or outside of our market area, the success of which will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to integrate the acquired branches into the current operations of the Company, our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by customers of the acquired institution or branch locations, our ability to control the incremental increase in non-interest expense arising from any acquisition and our ability to retain and integrate the appropriate personnel of the acquired institution or branches. While we believe we have the resources and internal systems in place to successfully achieve and manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, and our business and prospects could be harmed.

If we want to, or are compelled to, raise additional capital in the future, that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

Federal banking regulators require us and our banking subsidiaries to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by our management and board of directors based on capital levels that, they believe, are necessary to support our business operations. At December 31, 2011, all three capital ratios for us and our banking subsidiary were above “well capitalized” levels under current bank regulatory guidelines. To be “well capitalized,” banking companies generally must maintain a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%. However, our regulators may require us or our banking subsidiary to operate with higher capital levels. For example, regulators recently have required some banks to attain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%.

Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to us or to raise additional capital at all. If we cannot raise additional capital in sufficient amounts when needed, our ability to comply with regulatory capital requirements could be materially impaired. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and results of operating. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are nonspecific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as evidenced by recent turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets. If we raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, we would likely dilute the ownership interests of current investors and could dilute the per share book value and earnings per share of our common stock. Furthermore, a capital raise through issuance of additional shares may have an adverse impact on our stock price.

We may be adversely affected by technological advances.

Technological advances impact our business. The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to its customers.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of other banks’ difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we need to support such growth.

A substantial decline in the value of our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock may adversely affect our financial condition.

We own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, or the FHLB, in order to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which enables us to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank advance program. The carrying value and fair market value of our FHLB common stock was $9,573,000 as of December 31, 2011.

Published reports indicate that certain member banks of the Federal Home Loan Bank system may be subject to asset quality risks that could result in materially lower regulatory capital levels. In December 2008, the FHLB had notified its member banks that it had suspended dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock until further notice is provided. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the FHLB, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, given that there is no market for our FHLB common stock, we believe that there is a risk that our investment could be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired at some time in the future. If this occurs, it may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. If the FHLB were to cease operations, or if we were required to write-off our investment in the FHLB, our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

An interruption or breach in security with respect to our information system, or our outsourced service providers, could adversely impact our reputation and have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on software, communication, and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the Internet. Despite numerous safeguards, we cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. We rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and we could be exposed to claims from customers. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 1B—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents
ITEM 2—PROPERTIES

The Bank owns and leases properties in Cumberland, Perry and Franklin Counties, Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland as branch banking offices and an operations center. The Company and the Bank maintain headquarters at the Bank’s King Street Office in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania. A summary of these properties is as follows:

 

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built   

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built

Properties Owned

      Land Lease / Premises Owned   

Orrstown Office

   1919   

Orchard Drive Office

   2003

3580 Orrstown Road

     

1355 Orchard Drive

  

Orrstown, PA 17244

     

Chambersburg, PA 17201

  

Lurgan Avenue Office

   1981   

Red Hill Office

   2007

121 Lurgan Avenue

     

18 Newport Plaza

  

Shippensburg, PA 17257

     

Newport, PA 17074

  

King Street Office

   1986      

77 E. King Street

        

Shippensburg, PA 17257

      Leased   

Stonehedge Office

   1994   

Hanover Street

   1997

427 Village Drive

     

22 S. Hanover St.

  

Carlisle, PA 17015

     

Carlisle, PA 17013

  

Path Valley Office

   1995   

North Middleton Office

   2002

16400 Path Valley Road

     

2250 Spring Road

  

Spring Run, PA 17262

     

Carlisle, PA 17013

  

Norland Avenue Office

   1997   

Camp Hill

   2005

625 Norland Avenue

     

3045 Market St.

  

Chambersburg, PA 17201

     

Camp Hill, PA 17011

  

Silver Spring Office

   2000   

Carlisle Fairgrounds

   2011

3 Baden Powell Lane

     

1000 Bryn Mawr Road

  

Mechanicsburg, PA 17050

     

Carlisle, PA 17013

  

Seven Gables Office

   2003      

1 Giant Lane

        

Carlisle, PA 17013

        

Lincoln Way East Office

   2004      

1725 Lincoln Way East

        

Chambersburg, PA 17202

        

Greencastle Office

   2006      

308 Carolle Street

        

Greencastle, PA 17225

        

Simpson Street Office

   2006      

1110 East Simpson Street

        

Mechanicsburg, PA 17055

        

Newport Office

   2007      

Center Square

        

Newport, PA 17074

        

Duncannon Office

   2007      

403 North Market Street

        

Duncannon, PA 17020

        

New Bloomfield Office

   2007      

1 South Carlisle Street

        

New Bloomfield, PA 17068

        

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built     

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built

Eastern Blvd. Office

     2008         

1020 Professional Court

        

Hagerstown, MD 21740

        

North Pointe Business (Operations) Center

     2007         

2695 Philadelphia Avenue

        

Chambersburg, PA 17201

        

ITEM 3—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is an occasional party to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company has adequate legal defenses and/or insurance coverage respecting any and each of these actions and does not believe that they will materially affect the Company’s operations or financial position.

ITEM 4—MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5—MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ORRF” as of April 28, 2009, and continues to be listed there as of the date hereof. At the close of business on February 24, 2012, there were approximately 3,103 shareholders of record.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the two most recent fiscal years. Trading prices are based on published financial sources.

 

     2011      2010  
     Market Price      Quarterly
Dividend
     Market Price      Quarterly
Dividend
 
     High      Low         High      Low     

First quarter

   $ 28.48       $ 24.37       $ 0.23       $ 36.50       $ 24.92       $ 0.22   

Second quarter

     29.50         22.94         0.23         26.64         20.45         0.22   

Third quarter

     27.11         12.00         0.23         24.59         20.00         0.225   

Fourth quarter

     13.87         7.90         0.00         27.95         22.82         0.225   
        

 

 

          

 

 

 
           $0.69             $ 0.89   
        

 

 

          

 

 

 

In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend, as a result of regulatory guidance indicating that the dividend application would not be approved. There can be no assurances as to whether, or in what amounts, cash dividends will be declared in the future or, if declared, whether they will continue, be suspended or discontinued. See Note 15, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for a description of the restrictions on the payment of dividends which description is incorporated by reference herein.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On April 27, 2006, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. announced a Stock Repurchase Plan approving the purchase of up to 150,000 shares as conditions allow. 106,999 shares were repurchased pursuant to that program. On September 23, 2010, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. announced an extension of the Stock Repurchase Plan authorizing the repurchase of an additional 150,000 shares, including the 43,001 shares remaining to be purchased under the plan as originally approved. The plan may be suspended at any time without prior notice and has no prescribed time limit in which to fill the authorized repurchase amount. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan is 189,694 shares at December 31, 2011. The Company has recently suspended our Stock Repurchase Plan based on regulatory requirements and we do not anticipate being able to resume repurchases in the near future.

For the quarter ending December 31, 2011, there were no repurchases of common equity securities by the Company under the announced Stock Repurchase Plan.

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph shows a five-year comparison of the cumulative total return on the Company’s common stock as compared to other indexes: the SNL index of banks with assets between $1 billion and $5 billion, the S&P 500 Index, and the NASDAQ Composite index. Shareholder returns on the Company’s common stock are based upon trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market. The shareholder returns shown in the graph are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/06      12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11  

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     100.00         88.34         81.83         108.87         88.55         27.51   

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

     100.00         72.84         60.42         43.31         49.09         44.77   

S&P 500

     100.00         105.49         66.46         84.05         96.71         98.76   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         110.66         66.42         96.54         114.06         113.16   

In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section captioned “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Performance Graph and its accompanying table are not deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The Company has not sold any securities within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 6—SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Summary of Operations

          

Interest income

   $ 60,361      $ 58,423      $ 53,070      $ 52,313      $ 53,106   

Interest expense

     10,754        12,688        16,500        19,408        22,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     49,607        45,735        36,570        32,905        30,120   

Provision for loan losses

     58,575        8,925        4,865        1,450        750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     (8,968     36,810        31,705        31,455        29,370   

Securities gains (losses)

     6,224        3,636        1,661        (27     58   

Other operating income

     20,396        19,340        15,549        15,322        13,186   

Goodwill impairment charge

     19,447        0        0        0        0   

Other operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment charge)

     41,032        36,735        31,492        28,165        24,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)

     (42,827     23,051        17,423        18,585        17,755   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (10,863     6,470        4,050        5,482        5,197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581      $ 13,373      $ 13,103      $ 12,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) excluding goodwill impairment charge

   $ (12,968   $ 16,581      $ 13,373      $ 13,103      $ 12,558   

Per Common Share Data*

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (3.98   $ 2.18      $ 2.09      $ 2.04      $ 1.95   

Diluted net income (loss)

     (3.98     2.17        2.07        2.03        1.94   

Diluted net income (loss) excluding goodwill impairment charge

     (1.62     2.17        2.07        2.03        1.94   

Cash dividend paid

     0.69        0.89        0.88        0.87        0.82   

Book value at December 31

     15.92        20.10        17.21        16.18        14.97   

Tangible book value at December 31

     15.79        17.50        13.96        12.87        11.64   

Average shares outstanding—basic

     8,017,307        7,609,933        6,406,106        6,421,022        6,428,853   

Average shares outstanding—diluted

     8,026,726        7,637,824        6,458,752        6,466,391        6,480,710   

Stock Price Statistics*

          

Close

   $ 8.25      $ 27.41      $ 34.88      $ 27.00      $ 30.00   

High

     29.50        36.50        40.00        33.96        36.19   

Low

     7.90        20.00        22.00        27.00        28.00   

Price earnings ratio at close

     (2.1     12.6        16.7        13.2        15.4   

Diluted price earnings ratio at close

     (2.1     12.6        16.8        13.3        15.5   

Price to book at close

     0.5        1.4        2.0        1.7        2.0   

Price to tangible book at close

     0.5        1.6        2.5        2.1        2.6   

Year-End Balance Sheet Data

          

Total assets

   $ 1,444,097      $ 1,511,722      $ 1,196,432      $ 1,051,783      $ 884,979   

Total loans

     967,993        966,986        881,074        820,468        701,964   

Total investment securities

     322,123        440,570        204,309        128,353        96,355   

Deposits—noninterest bearing

     111,930        104,646        90,676        84,261        91,365   

Deposits—interest bearing

     1,104,972        1,083,731        824,494        673,107        554,991   

Total deposits

     1,216,902        1,188,377        915,170        757,368        646,356   

Repurchase agreements

     15,013        87,850        64,614        63,407        55,580   

Borrowed money

     73,798        65,178        64,858        118,887        78,453   

Total shareholders’ equity

     128,197        160,484        110,886        103,347        96,124   

Trust assets under management—market value

     947,273        929,327        740,028        599,320        755,314   

Performance Statistics

          

Average equity / average assets

     10.36     10.76     9.55     10.45     10.98

Return on average equity

     (20.33 )%      11.22     12.48     13.20     13.64

Return on average tangible equity

     (9.17 )%      13.19     15.73     17.02     18.02

Return on average assets

     (2.11 )%      1.21     1.19     1.38     1.50

Return on average tangible assets

     (0.86 )%      1.23     1.23     1.43     1.56

 

**

Per share amounts have been restated to reflect a 5% stock dividend paid June 15, 2007.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP-Based Financial Measures

Net income (loss) excluding impairment charges, and the related net income (loss) per share impact, are non-GAAP based financial measures. Management feels they are a more accurate comparison of year to year performance that excludes the effect of the non-cash goodwill impairment charge. Management utilizes net income (loss) excluding impairment charge and related per share impact, as it is believed to better reflect the sustainable operating performance of the Company. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to net income (loss) excluding impairment charge follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   2011     2010      2009      2008      2007  

Net income (loss) (GAAP basis)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581       $ 13,373       $ 13,103       $ 12,558   

Effect of goodwill impairment charge, net of tax

     18,996        0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) excluding goodwill impairment charge, net of tax

   $ (12,968   $ 16,581       $ 13,373       $ 13,103       $ 12,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible equity are also non-GAAP-based financial measures calculated using non-GAAP-based amounts. The most directly comparable measure is return on average assets and return on average equity, which are calculated using GAAP-based amounts. The Company calculates the return on average tangible assets and equity by excluding the balance of intangible assets and their related amortization expense from the calculation of return on average assets and equity. Management uses returns on average tangible assets and equity to assess the Company’s core operating results and believes that they are better measures of our operating performance as they are based on the Company’s tangible assets and capital. Further we believe that by excluding the impact of purchase accounting adjustments it allows for a meaningful comparison with the Company’s peers, particularly those that may not have acquired other companies. In addition, this is consistent with the treatment by bank regulatory agencies, which exclude goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios. However, these non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. A reconciliation of return on average assets and equity to the return on average tangible assets and equity, respectively, is set forth below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Return on average assets (GAAP basis)

     (2.11 )%      1.21     1.19     1.38     1.50

Effect of excluding average intangible assets and related amortization, net of tax

     1.25     0.02     0.04     0.05     0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible assets

     (0.86 )%      1.23     1.23     1.43     1.56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average equity (GAAP basis)

     (20.33 )%      11.22     12.48     13.20     13.64

Effect of excluding average intangible assets and related amortization, net of tax

     11.16     1.97     3.25     3.82     4.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible equity

     (9.17 )%      13.19     15.73     17.02     18.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

Tangible book value, another non-GAAP financial measure, is computed by dividing shares outstanding into tangible common equity. Management uses tangible book value per share because it believes such ratio is useful in understanding the Company’s capital position and ratios. A reconciliation of book value per share to tangible book value per share is set forth below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 128,197       $ 160,484       $ 110,886       $ 103,347       $ 96,124   

Less: Intangible assets

     1,041         20,698         20,938         21,186         21,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible equity

   $ 127,156       $ 139,786       $ 89,948       $ 82,161       $ 74,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Book value per share

   $ 15.92       $ 20.10       $ 17.21       $ 16.18       $ 14.97   

Less: Intangible assets per share

     0.13         2.60         3.25         3.31         3.33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per share

   $ 15.79       $ 17.50       $ 13.96       $ 12.87       $ 11.64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent net interest income is also a non-GAAP financial measure. Tax-equivalent net interest income is derived from GAAP interest income and net interest income using an assumed tax rate of 35%. We believe the presentation of net interest income on a tax–equivalent basis ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice.

The following reconciles net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net interest income, tax equivalent basis

   $ 52,412      $ 47,676      $ 37,848   

Effect of tax exempt income

     (2,805     (1,941     (1,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 49,607      $ 45,735      $ 36,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ITEM 7—MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

The following is a discussion of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s 2011 performance. Certain prior period amounts presented in this discussion and analysis have been reclassified to conform to current period classifications.

Important Factors Relating to Forward Looking Statements

This report contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, the Company may make other written and oral communications, from time to time, that contain such statements. Forward-looking statements, including statements as to industry trends, future expectations and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts, are based on certain assumptions by management, and are often identified by words or phrases such as “anticipated”, “believe”, “expect”, “intend”, “seek”, “plan”, “objective”, “trend”, and “goal”. Forward-looking statements are subject to various assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which change over time, and speak only as of the date they are made.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

In addition to factors mentioned elsewhere in this Report or previously disclosed in our SEC reports (accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or on our website at www.orrstown.com), the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance:

 

   

general political and economic conditions may be less favorable than expected;

 

   

developments concerning credit quality in various corporate lending industry sectors as well as consumer and other types of credit, may result in an increase in the level of our provision for credit losses, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and reserve for credit losses;

 

   

customer borrowing, repayment, investment, and deposit practices generally may be less favorable than anticipated; and interest rate and currency fluctuations, equity and bond market fluctuations, and inflation may be greater than expected;

 

   

changes in interest rates or the mix of interest rates and maturities of our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities (primarily loans and deposits) may be less favorable than expected;

 

   

competitive product and pricing pressures among financial institutions within our markets may increase;

 

   

legislative or regulatory developments, including changes in laws or regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities, capital requirements and risk-based capital guidelines, reserve methodologies, deposit insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry, may adversely affect the businesses in which we are engaged or our financial results;

 

   

legal and regulatory proceedings, included changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related matters with respect to the financial services industry, including those directly involving the Company and its subsidiaries, could adversely affect the Company or the financial services industry generally;

 

   

pending and proposed changes in accounting rules, policies, practices, and procedures could adversely affect our financial results;

 

   

instruments and strategies used to manage exposure to various types of market and credit risk could be less effective than anticipated, and we may not be able to effectively mitigate our risk exposures in particular market environments or against particular types of risk;

 

   

terrorist activities or other hostilities, including the situation surrounding Iraq, may adversely affect the general economy, financial and capital markets, specific industries, and the Company; and

 

   

technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the financial services industry in which it operates. Management, in order to prepare the Company’s consolidated financial statements, is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the balance sheet date through the date the financial statements are filed with the SEC. As this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources.

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, the Company has identified the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, evaluation of goodwill for potential impairment, and accounting for income taxes as critical accounting policies.

The allowance for loan losses represents Management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheet.

Goodwill has been recorded on the books of the Company in connection with its acquisitions. Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level and an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Various market valuation methodologies are used to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting units exceeds its book values, no write-downs of recorded goodwill are necessary. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its book value, an impairment expense may be required to be recorded to write down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value. As a result of the Company’s annual goodwill testing, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000 during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, which resulted from several factors, the most prominent being decreases in trading multiples of the Company’s common stock, overall valuations of comparable organizations, a deterioration in asset quality of the commercial real estate portfolio, and the negative impact of deteriorating asset quality on expected cash flows.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future effects of temporary differences and tax credits. Enacted tax rates are applied to cumulative temporary differences based on expected taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is anticipated to be realized. Future tax rate changes could occur that would require the recognition of income or expense in the statement of operations in the period in which they are enacted. Deferred tax assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance if in management’s judgment it is “more likely than not” that some portion of the asset will not be realized. Management may need to modify their judgments in this regard from one period to another should a material change occur in the business environment, tax legislation, or in any other business factor that could impair the Company’s ability to benefit from the asset in the future. As of December 31, 2011, Management has concluded that a valuation allowance is not needed on its net deferred tax asset.

Readers of the consolidated financial statements should be aware that the estimates and assumptions used in the Company’s current financial statements may need to be updated in future financial presentations for changes in circumstances, business or economic conditions in order to fairly represent the condition of the Company at that time.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Corporate Profile and Significant Developments

The Company is a financial holding company headquartered in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania with consolidated assets of $1,444,097,000 at December 31, 2011. The consolidated financial information presented herein reflects the Company and its wholly-owned commercial bank subsidiary, the Bank.

The Bank, with total assets of $1,440,781,000 at December 31, 2011, is a Pennsylvania chartered commercial bank with 21 offices. Twenty of those offices are located in Pennsylvania and one in Maryland. On May 21, 2006, the Company acquired The First National Bank of Newport, located in Perry County, Pennsylvania. On June 15, 2007, The First National Bank of Newport was merged into the Bank. The Bank’s deposit services include a variety of checking, savings, time and money market deposits along with related debit card and merchant services. Lending services include commercial loans, residential loans, commercial mortgages and various forms of consumer lending. Orrstown Financial Advisors, a division of the Bank, offers a diverse line of financial services to our customers, including, but not limited to, brokerage, mutual funds, trusts, estate planning, investments and insurance products. At December 31, 2011, approximately $947,273,000 of assets under management were serviced by Orrstown Financial Advisors.

Economic Climate, Inflation and Interest Rates

During 2008, the U.S. economy faced significant challenges resulting in an overall economic downturn. Poor economic conditions, which were initially evident within the residential housing market beginning in 2007, spread throughout most sectors of the economy in 2008. The economic malaise has continued through 2011.

The majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature, and therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. However, inflation does have an impact on the growth of total assets and on noninterest expenses, which tend to rise during periods of general inflation. Inflationary pressures over the last five years have been modest, although the potential for future inflationary pressure is present given changing trends in the economy.

As the Company’s balance sheet consists primarily of financial instruments, interest income and interest expense is greatly influenced by the interest rates and the slope of the interest rate curve. During the five years presented in this financial statement review, interest rates were relatively high when the economy was perceived as strong; however, as the national and local economy began experiencing financial difficulties and higher levels of unemployment, rates decreased quickly. One example of this is the prime lending rate, which reached a high during the five-year period of 8.25% in September 2007. However, the prime lending rate was reduced 500 basis points over a 15 month period, coinciding with the country’s economic struggles, and ended 2008 with a published prime lending rate of 3.25%. The published prime lending rate remained at 3.25% at December 31, 2011. Management recognizes that asset/liability management, including the effect of rate changes on interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, is of critical importance.

Despite the challenging economic conditions during 2010 and into 2011, the Company believes it is positioned to withstand these conditions through its strong capital and liquidity positions, high quality loan and debt securities portfolios and prudent management of credit and interest rate risk.

Results of Operations

Summary

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred a net loss of $31,964,000, compared to net income of $16,581,000 and $13,373,000 in 2010 and 2009, resulting in diluted earnings (loss) per share of ($3.98), $2.17 and $2.07 for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009. As a result of the net loss for 2011, the Company’s return on assets and return on tangible equity ratios were negative for the year, compared to 1.21% and 13.19% respectively for 2010, and 1.19% and 15.73% in 2009. Net loss excluding goodwill impairment, net of tax, was $12,968,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, and diluted loss per share excluding goodwill impairment charge was $1.62 for the period.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

In addition to the nonrecurring goodwill impairment charge, the Company’s performance for the year was also negatively affected by a significantly elevated level of the provision for loan losses which totaled $58,575,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $8,925,000 and $4,865,000 recorded in 2010 and 2009. The increase in risk assets experienced in 2011, which include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans and real estate owned, resulted in increases in staff to work through these assets and mitigate the Company’s risk of loss, as well as other noninterest expenses. The Company was able to increase its net interest income to $49,607,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $45,735,000 and $36,570,000 in 2010 and 2009, however this increase was not sufficient to offset the goodwill impairment charge and the elevated provision for loan losses.

Net Interest Income

The primary component of the Company’s revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and fees on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Earning assets include loans, securities and federal funds sold. Interest bearing liabilities include deposits and borrowed funds. To compare the tax-exempt yields to taxable yields, amounts are adjusted to pretax equivalents based on a 35% federal corporate tax rate.

Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates, volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the composition of those assets and liabilities. The “net interest spread” and “net interest margin” (“NIM”) are two common statistics related to changes in net interest income. The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid for interest-bearing liabilities. The net interest margin is defined as the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets. Through the use of demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, the net interest margin exceeds the net interest rate spread, as these funding sources are non-interest bearing.

The “Analysis of Net Interest Income” table presents net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest rate spread and net interest margin for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The “Changes in Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income” table below analyzes the changes in net interest income for the same periods broken down by their rate and volume components.

2011 versus 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011 net interest income, measured on a fully tax equivalent basis, increased $4,736,000, or 9.9%, to $52,412,000 from $47,676,000 in 2010. The primary reason for the increase in net interest income was an increase in average earning assets from $1,280,530,000 in 2010 to $1,432,991,000 in 2011. Slightly offsetting the growth in volume was a decrease in net interest margin (NIM) of 7 basis points, from 3.73% in 2010 to 3.66% for 2011. As summarized on the rate/volume table, $5,796,000 of the growth in net interest income was achieved from volume, offset by a decrease of $1,060,000 attributable to the decrease in NIM.

The largest portion of the increase in interest income was the result of interest earned on the securities portfolio, which totaled $12,906,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $1,979,000, or 18.1%, over 2010. Year-over-year, average securities increased $52,205,000, or 15.2%. Supplementing the increase on securities earnings due to volume was an increase in the interest rate earned of 3.17% in 2010 to 3.26% in 2011. The higher yield on securities despite a generally lower interest rate environment was the result of the mix of the securities, in which a greater proportion of securities was invested in tax-exempt securities, which generally yield higher returns on a tax equivalent basis. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company has experienced contraction in the yield earned on securities, which totaled 3.04% for the period, less than the 3.26% average earned in 2011. Management anticipates a lower yield in 2012 as interest rates are forecasted to remain low, and as securities mature, they will be reinvested at lower rates.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

The growth in securities was funded principally through the growth in money market and time deposit accounts. Average interest bearing deposits increased $120,089,000, or 10.7%, resulting from the Company’s overall customer service model, its market position in several attractive markets, and due to the favorable rating the Bank has received from IDC Financial Publishing, Inc. (“IDC”), an independent bank safety rating agency which uses its unique rankings of financial ratios to determine the quality ratings of financial institutions. This favorable rating facilitated the Company’s ability to attract time deposits and brokered deposits, particularly in the first half of the year. Despite an increase in the average balance of time deposits of $64,653,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, the total interest expense was lowered by $480,000. The average volume resulted in an increase of interest expense of $1,015,000, which was more than offset by the decrease in interest expense of $1,495,000 that resulted from a 26 basis points decrease in the yield paid on time deposits from 2010 to 2011. The Company recognizes that brokered funds are a more volatile funding source than core deposits. However, given the current interest rate environment and the steepness of the interest rate curve, the Company elected to collect these funds and earn a spread on them in order to enhance net interest income. Given the increased volatility in brokered deposits, the Company invested a large portion of these amounts in mortgage-backed securities, which provide a regular stream of monthly cash flows, which can be used to meet the maturity needs of time and brokered deposits. We have matched cash flows from the debt securities portfolio with brokered deposits to enable us to unwind the strategy if loan demand increased or if the yield curve flattens. As a result of the recent regulatory climate related to nontraditional funding sources, management anticipates it will not utilize brokered deposits as heavily in the future, and we anticipate that brokered deposits will decline, which will likely result in a decline in the securities portfolio as well.

The year-over-year growth in the loan portfolio also contributed to the increase in net interest income. Year-over-year, average loans increased $83,430,000, or 9.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. The growth experienced in the loan portfolio in the second half of 2010, supplemented with the loan demand in the first quarter of 2011, provided the strong growth in average loan balances. This growth has come principally in some of the Company’s less mature markets, in which we have hired additional lending officers, which has increased opportunities for growth in these markets served. In light of deteriorating asset quality conditions during the second half of 2011 however, the Company curbed its loan growth in order to address and enhance credit administration and underwriting processes and procedures, and at year-end, loan growth remained flat on a year-over-year basis. The $83,430,000 growth in average balances of loans contributed $4,686,000 in additional interest income in 2011 compared to 2010. However, the rate earned on loans of 5.04% was 38 basis points less than in 2010, and offset interest income by $3,885,000 resulting in a net increase of $801,000 for the year. The lower yield earned on loans was the result of several factors, including generally a lower interest rate environment in 2011 than 2010, greater number of loans on nonaccrual status, and approximately $261,000 that was earned in 2011 on the Company’s floating for fixed rate interest rate swaps that was included in interest income, compared to $778,000 in 2010. During 2011, the Company settled its outstanding floating for fixed rate swaps which qualified as cash flow hedges, and negatively impacted loan yields. Due to the variable nature of a large portion of the loan portfolio, along with the implementation of floors as loans renewed, the Company was able to limit the decline in the average rate earned on loans. Management does not expect it will continue to experience the same level of growth in loans that it did in 2010 and the beginning of 2011, given competitive conditions and the regulatory climate. The increase in the Company’s nonaccrual loan balances will also put continued pressure on the rate earned on loans in 2012.

As noted above, the Company has been able to increase its deposit base. Part of the increase in the average balance in deposits was the result of certain customers, whose accounts migrated from repurchase agreements and were previously included as short-term borrowings in the balance sheet. These deposits continue to be secured through pledged securities, however, due to regulatory pressure related to non-traditional funding sources, which include repurchase agreements, we enhanced our interest bearing demand product to have them migrate to a funding source viewed as more traditional. This strategy resulted in a decline in the average balance of short-term borrowings from $91,872,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $63,271,000, which resulted in lower interest expense of $152,000 on a year over year basis, while a slight decline in rates paid of 53 basis points to 50 basis points between the two periods also resulted in $21,000 of the lower interest expense.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

The Company has placed less reliance on more costly long-term borrowings in 2011 as compared to 2010. As a result, interest expense on long-term debt decreased $447,000 from $1,519,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,072,000 in 2011. Reduction in average daily balance of $9,578,000 for 2011 compared to 2010 reduced interest expense by $280,000, and the reduction in the rate paid on long-term borrowing of 40 basis points reduced interest expense by $167,000.

Generally lower interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010, combined with an increase in nonaccrual loans, has resulted in the Company experiencing declines in net interest spread and net interest margin. Despite the low interest rate environment, the Company has been able to manage its blend of interest earning assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin has only declined marginally, from 3.73% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 3.66% in 2011, which included the lowering of its overall cost of funds. The average rates earned on assets was 4.41% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 4.71% in 2010, whereas the rates paid on interest bearing liabilities declined from 0.98% in 2010 to 0.75% in 2011. This resulted in a net interest rate spread of 3.54% in 2011 compared to 3.57% in 2010.

2010 versus 2009

For the year ended December 31, 2010 net interest income, measured on a full tax equivalent basis, increased $9,828,000, or 26.0%, to $47,676,000 from $37,848,000 in 2009. The primary reason for the increase in net interest income was an increase in average earning assets from $1,033,105,000 in 2009 to $1,280,530,000 in 2010. Supplementing the growth in volume was an increase in net interest margin of 7 basis points, from 3.66% in 2009 to 3.73% for 2010. As summarized on the rate/volume table, $7,338,000 of the growth in net interest income was achieved from volume, and $2,490,000 was achieved through an increase in net interest margin.

The largest portion of the increase in interest income was the result of interest earned on the securities portfolio, which totaled $10,927,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $4,861,000, or 80%, over 2009. Year-over-year, average securities increased $181,344,000, or 111%. Partially offsetting the increase on securities earnings due to volume was a reduction in the average interest rate earned from 3.72% in 2009 to 3.17% in 2010.

The growth in the securities portfolio was funded principally through the growth in money market and time deposit accounts. Average interest bearing deposits increased $201,216,000, or 22.0%, resulting from the Company’s overall customer service model, its market position in several attractive markets, and due to the Bank’s favorable IDC rating. Despite an increase in the average balance of time deposits of $145,349,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009, the total interest expense was lowered by $1,108,000. The average volume increase resulted in an increase of interest expense of $3,635,000, which was more than offset by the $4,743,000 decrease in interest expense that resulted from a decrease in the average rate paid on time deposits, of 93 basis points from 2009 to 2010. The Company recognizes that brokered funds are more volatile funding source than core deposits.

The growth in the loan portfolio also contributed to the increase in net interest income. Year-over-year, average loans increased $61,676,000, or 7.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. The increase in average loans was the result of the Company’s desire to continue to grow its loan portfolio and deploy its capital. This growth came principally in some of the Company’s less mature markets, in which we have hired additional lending officers, which has increased opportunities in these markets served. The growth experienced in the loan portfolio was achieved primarily in the second half of the year, in which approximately two-thirds of the 2010 growth was achieved. The $61,676,000 growth in average balance in loans contributed $3,600,000 in additional interest income in 2010 compared to 2009. However, the rate earned on loans of 5.42% was 26 basis points less than in 2009, resulting in a decrease in interest income by $2,492,000. The Company continued to have $30,000,000 in notional amount of interest rate swaps which serve as a hedge against variable

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

rate commercial loans linked to prime and converts them to a fixed rate of interest. The interest rate swaps that the Company had outstanding during 2010 yielded $778,000, which was credited and included as commercial loan interest income.

The Company had been able to increase its deposit base. As a result, less reliance had been placed on more costly long-term borrowings. Interest expense on long-term debt has decreased $2,065,000 from $3,584,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,519,000 in 2010. Reduction in average daily balance of long term debt of $48,458,000 for 2010 compared to 2009 reduced interest expense by $1,731,000, and the reduction in the rate paid on long-term borrowing of 64 basis points reduced interest expense by $334,000.

The growth that the Company had experienced, and its ability to lower its cost of funding by an amount greater than its reduction in rates earned on interest-earning assets, resulted in a slight improvement in both the interest rate spread and net interest margin. While the average rates earned on assets was 4.71% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 5.26% in 2009, the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities declined from 1.60% in 2009 to 0.98% in 2010. This resulted in a net interest rate spread of 3.57% in 2010 compared to 3.46% in 2009.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table presents interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, net-interest spread and net interest margin for the years ended December 31:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
          Tax     Tax           Tax     Tax           Tax     Tax  
    Average     Equivalent     Equivalent     Average     Equivalent     Equivalent     Average     Equivalent     Equivalent  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  

Assets

                 

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank balances

  $ 42,690      $ 138        0.32   $ 25,864      $ 116        0.45   $ 21,459      $ 69        0.32

Taxable securities

    318,185        8,334        2.62        290,328        7,744        2.67        135,851        4,260        3.14   

Tax-exempt securities

    78,288        4,572        5.84        53,940        3,183        5.90        27,073        1,806        6.67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

    396,473        12,906        3.26        344,268        10,927        3.17        162,924        6,066        3.72   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxable loans

    940,063        46,680        4.97        874,226        46,958        5.37        822,054        46,370        5.64   

Tax-exempt loans

    53,765        3,442        6.40        36,172        2,363        6.53        26,668        1,843        6.91   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans

    993,828        50,122        5.04        910,398        49,321        5.42        848,722        48,213        5.68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    1,432,991        63,166        4.41        1,280,530        60,364        4.71        1,033,105        54,348        5.26   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

    13,577            13,230            13,950       

Bank premises and equipment

    27,404            28,662            30,382       

Other assets

    68,569            65,157            51,973       

Allowance for loan losses

    (24,773         (13,562         (7,618    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total

  $ 1,517,768          $ 1,374,017          $ 1,121,792       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 486,793      $ 1,710        0.35   $ 400,474      $ 2,517        0.63      $ 307,968      $ 3,171        1.03   

Savings deposits

    71,059        140        0.20        63,763        167        0.26        60,494        204        0.34   

Time deposits

    574,079        7,518        1.31        509,426        7,998        1.57        364,077        9,106        2.50   

Short-term borrowings

    63,271        314        0.50        91,872        487        0.53        83,322        435        0.52   

Long- term debt

    42,308        1,072        2.53        51,886        1,519        2.93        100,344        3,584        3.57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    1,237,510        10,754        0.87        1,117,421        12,688        1.14        916,205        16,500        1.80   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Demand deposits

    113,157            99,636            89,797       

Other

    9,901            9,229            8,652       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total Liabilities

    1,360,568            1,226,286            1,014,654       

Shareholders’ Equity

    157,200            147,731            107,138       
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,517,768          0.75   $ 1,374,017          0.98   $ 1,121,792          1.60
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net interest income (FTE)/net interest spread

      52,412        3.54          47,676        3.57          37,848        3.46   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        3.66         3.73         3.66
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent adjustment

      (2,805         (1,941         (1,278  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 49,607          $ 45,735          $ 36,570     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

Note: Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. For yield calculation purposes, nonaccruing loans are included in the average loan balance.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN TAXABLE EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table analyzes the changes in tax equivalent net interest income for the periods presented, broken down by their rate and volume components:

 

     2011 Versus 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
    2010 Versus 2009 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
 
     Average     Average     Total Increase     Average     Average     Total Increase  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  

Interest Income

            

Federal funds sold & interest bearing deposits

   $ 75      $ (53   $ 22      $ 14      $ 33      $ $47   

Loans

     4,686        (3,885     801        3,600        (2,492     1,108   

Taxable securities

     743        (153     590        4,844        (1,360     3,484   

Tax-exempt securities

     1,437        (48     1,389        1,792        (415     1,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     6,941        (4,139     2,802        10,250        (4,234     6,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

            

Interest bearing demand deposits

     543        (1,350     (807     952        (1,606     (654

Savings deposits

     19        (46     (27     11        (48     (37

Time deposits

     1,015        (1,495     (480     3,635        (4,743     (1,108

Short-term borrowings

     (152     (21     (173     45        7        52   

Long-term debt

     (280     (167     (447     (1,731     (334     (2,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,145        (3,079     (1,934     2,912        (6,724     (3,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 5,796      $ (1,060   $ 4,736      $ 7,338      $ 2,490      $ 9,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: The change attributed to volume is calculated by taking the average change in average balance times the prior year’s average rate and the remainder is attributable to rate.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $58,575,000, a significant increase over the prior year’s amount of $8,925,000. The factors attributable to the increase in the provision for loan losses included the following:

 

   

An additional charge-off of approximately $5,600,000 on a previously reported commercial credit in which the borrower is currently in bankruptcy. As a result of the Bank’s recent termination of its involvement with the borrower’s Plan of Reorganization exit financing, it was determined prudent to charge-off the entire loan balance, as the Bank is presently listed as an unsecured non-priority claimant in the pre-petition indebtedness.

 

   

Prolonged softening real estate conditions, particularly in the Bank’s southern market, have resulted in additional loan loss provisions, as the allowance for loan losses was increased by approximately $12,784,000 after partial charge-offs that related to borrowings that were collateral dependent. Upon receiving updated appraisals in 2011, it was noted that the appraised values were significantly less than previous appraisals, or even listed sales prices. Real estate values are depressed due to lack of growth in the market and an abundance of available properties.

 

   

The Bank’s recognition of continuing softness in overall economic conditions and deterioration of underlying collateral securing lending relationships resulted in an ongoing credit review process during the year. This process led to downgraded internal risk ratings on many existing credits, and subsequently raised required reserve levels. Loans classified as “substandard” or “doubtful” have increased to $157,330,000 as of December 31, 2011, compared to $67,818,000 million at December 31, 2010 of which $10,933,000, or 12.3% of the increase was in the last quarter of 2011.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents
   

The continued economic pressures on customers and valuations on underlying collateral resulted in management increasing its qualitative reserve allocations on its loan portfolios to reflect these conditions. In addition, the $30,880,000 in net charge-offs experienced in 2011 resulted in increased quantitative reserve allocations to specific loan portfolios.

 

   

As a result of events that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2011 but prior to the issuance of the financial statements an additional $13,700,000 provision for loan losses was recognized. These events included the negotiating of the sale of notes receivable of several classified assets to a third party; an agreement with a borrower to pay off loan balances at a discount to its carrying balance, and learning additional information which resulted in two troubled debt restructurings impairment reserves being calculated on a collateral dependent basis, rather than discounted cash flows. In each case, an evaluation was completed and it was determined it was appropriate to adjust the reserve balance to reflect the net realizable value of the loans, and the additional provision was warranted.

See further discussion in the “Asset Quality” and “Credit Risk Management” sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Noninterest Income

The following provides information regarding noninterest income changes over the past three years.

 

                          % Change  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009      2011-2010     2010-2009  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 6,411       $ 6,388       $ 5,846            0.4     9.3

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     1,313         2,272         1,790            (42.2 )%      26.9

Trust department income

     4,216         3,606         2,645            16.9     36.3

Brokerage income

     1,573         1,450         1,327            8.5     9.3

Mortgage banking revenue

     3,007         2,290         1,907            31.3     20.1

Earnings on life insurance

     1,110         1,192         745            (6.9 )%      60.0

Merchant processing revenue

     1,850         1,118         1,059            65.5     5.6

Other income

     916         1,024         230            (10.5 )%      345.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal before securities gains

     20,396         19,340         15,549            5.5     24.4

Securities gains (losses)

     6,224         3,636         1,661            71.2     118.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 26,620       $ 22,976       $ 17,210            15.9     33.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011 v. 2010’s Results

Noninterest income increased to $26,620,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $22,976,000 in the same prior year period. Excluding the increase in securities gains of $2,588,000 in 2011 compared to 2010, noninterest income increased $1,056,000, or 5.5%. Noninterest income generation increased across most business lines including Orrstown Financial Advisors, mortgage banking activities and retail fees generated from deposit accounts. These business lines have been able to capitalize on favorable market conditions, which include:

 

   

The Company continues to see an increase in its deposit accounts and other customer-related service fees which totaled $6,411,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, a 0.4% increase over 2010’s results. The slight increase was primarily through an increase in the number of accounts and interchange fees on Mastermoney debit cards. The Company has experienced a decline in overdraft charges, as consumers are spending less, and less likely to overdraw their accounts. Consumer habits continued to change and the popularity of the reward checking product increased. This product requires a minimum number of debit card transactions to qualify for the highest interest rate and the accordance of certain account and transaction related fees, resulting in an increase in non-interest income when minimums are not met.

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents
   

Other service charges, commissions and fees of $1,313,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, declined 42.2%, or $959,000 from the same period in 2010. The primary reason for the decline is due to ancillary loan fees being down, which include late fees, letter of credit fees, and prepayment fees. This trend downward is consistent with the Company’s slowing down of its loan growth and the increased level of loans moved to nonaccrual status.

 

   

Trust department and brokerage income increased $733,000, or 14.5%, to $5,789,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010 as a result of increases in trust and brokerage activity as the stock market continued its recovery, and additional trust and brokerage assets under management, which increased from $929,327,000 at December 31, 2010 to $947,273,000 at December 31, 2011.

 

   

The continued decline in mortgage interest rates has led to an increase in new mortgage loan applications as well as refinancing activities. Given these low interest rates, the Company generally sells its 30-year conforming loans to investors. The increase in activity has resulted in increases in mortgage banking revenues to $3,007,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared to $2,290,000 in 2010.

 

   

Life insurance earnings of $1,110,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 is $82,000, or 6.9% less than in 2010. The decline is the result of $296,000 of life insurance proceeds received upon the death of two directors in 2010, with no similar proceeds received in 2011. Offsetting this decline was additional income earned by the Company on life insurance as it maintained higher levels of average investment balances in 2011 than in 2010.

 

   

In the third quarter of 2011, the Company sold its merchant service business, which resulted in a gain of approximately $995,000, and is included in merchant processing revenue. The recognition of this gain is the primary reason for the 65.5% increase in merchant processing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. Due to the sale of this line of business, the Company will generate only referral revenues in the future.

 

   

Included in other income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was the gain on the sale of two fixed for prime floating rate swaps which totaled $791,000, which is consistent with the $778,000 earned in 2010 upon the sale of one interest rate swap. In connection with the Company’s asset liability management, it was determined these swaps would be settled as the gain represented much of the interest that would be earned over the remaining life of the swaps, and protect earnings in the event rates would rise.

 

   

The Company continued to harvest gains on securities available for sale when it was strategically determined that the gains afforded on certain securities was more beneficial than the interest rate earned. Additionally, asset/liability management as well as maintaining capital levels factored into the decision to take security gains. Accordingly, gains on securities were $6,224,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $3,636,000 in 2010.

The Company continues to advertise and market itself in order for consumers to recognize the broad range of financial services and products the Company has to offer, and to increase its brand recognition. Through the use of enhanced technology and an updated web site, the Company expects it will be able to reach a broader market which will allow it to continue to grow its customer base.

2010 v. 2009’s Results

Noninterest income increased to $22,976,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $17,210,000 for the prior year period. Excluding the increase in securities gains of $1,975,000 in 2010 compared to 2009, noninterest income increased $3,791,000, or 24.4%. Noninterest income generation increased across all business lines including Orrstown Financial Advisors, mortgage originations and retail fees generated

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

from deposit accounts. These business lines were able to capitalize on favorable market conditions, which include:

 

   

The Company experienced an increase in its deposit accounts and other customer-related services, which resulted in an increase in service charges. These service charges totaled $8,660,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1,024,000, or 13.4% over 2009. An increase in customer use of the Mastermoney debit card program contributed $383,000 of the favorable increase. Consumer habits continued to change and the popularity of the reward checking product increased. This product requires a minimum number of debit card transactions to qualify for the highest interest rate and the accordance of certain account and transaction related fees, resulting in an increase in non-interest income when minimums are not met.

 

   

An increase in trust department and brokerage income of $1,084,000, or 27.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009 was the result of increases in trust and brokerage activity as the stock market showed signs of recovery, and additional trust and brokerage assets under management, which increased from $740,028,000 at December 31, 2009 to $929,327,000 at December 31, 2010.

 

   

The continued decline in mortgage interest rates led to an increase in new mortgage loan applications as well as refinancing activities. Given these low interest rates, the Company generally sold its 30-year conforming loans to investors. The increase in this activity resulted in mortgage banking revenues increasing to $2,290,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1,907,000 in 2009.

 

   

Earnings on life insurance increased 60%, from $745,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,192,000 in 2010. The increase was principally the result of $296,000 in life insurance death benefits that was realized upon the deaths of two former directors in 2010, with no similar gains noted in 2009.

 

   

Included in other income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 was the gain on the sale of a fixed for prime floating rate swap, with a notional value of $30,000,000, that was recorded in the second quarter totaling $778,000. In connection with the Company’s asset liability management, it was determined this swap would be settled in order to protect earnings in the event interest rates would rise. No similar gain on the settlement of swaps occurred in 2009.

 

   

The Company continued to harvest gains on securities available for sale when it was strategically determined that the gains afforded on certain securities was more beneficial than the interest rate earned. Accordingly, gains on securities were $3,636,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1,661,000 in 2009.

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expenses

The following provides information regarding noninterest expense over the past three years.

 

                          % Change  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009      2011-2010     2010-2009  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 17,506       $ 19,120       $ 16,037            -8.4     19.2

Occupancy expense

     1,987         2,002         2,013            -0.7     -0.5

Furniture and equipment

     2,705         2,742         2,637            -1.3     4.0

Data processing

     1,161         1,278         1,077            -9.2     18.7

Telephone

     662         730         731            -9.3     -0.1

Advertising and bank promotions

     1,246         1,209         1,111            3.1     8.8

FDIC insurance

     2,417         1,798         1,278            34.4     40.7

Professional services

     3,531         856         668            312.5     28.1

Collection and problem loan

     1,167         450         159            159.3     183.0

Real estate owned expenses

     681         232         99            193.5     134.3

Taxes other than income

     841         764         555            10.1     37.9

Goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization

     19,657         240         252            8,090.4     -4.8

Other operating expenses

     6,918         5,314         4,875            30.2     9.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

   $ 60,479       $ 36,735       $ 31,492            64.6     16.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011 v. 2010’s Results

As a result of the growth the Company experienced during the year combined with an increase in classified assets, regulatory issues, and accounting complexities, noninterest expenses rose from $36,735,000 during the twelve months of 2010 to $60,479,000 for the same period in 2011, an increase of $23,744,000, or 64.6%. Excluding the nonrecurring goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000, noninterest expenses would have totaled $41,032,000, an increase of 11.7% over 2010’s results. The following contributed to the net increase in other expenses.

 

   

Salaries and employee benefits decreased $1,614,000, from $19,120,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $17,506,000 for 2011. The decrease was primarily attributable to the reduction in employee benefit accruals based on the Company’s performance, including discretionary executive bonuses, profit sharing accruals and stock compensation awards. Offsetting the reduction in these accruals was a growth in the number of full-time equivalents from 275 at December 31, 2010 to 323 at December 31, 2011.

 

   

FDIC insurance totaled $2,417,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 34.4%, or $619,000 over 2010. The increase is the result of additional deposits that the Bank has been able to generate in 2011, combined with higher assessment rates in 2011 than those charged in 2010. The Company expects that FDIC insurance will continue to increase in 2012 as it anticipates higher assessment rates in the coming year.

 

   

Professional services totaled $3,531,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $856,000 in 2010, an increase of $2,675,000. The increase in expenses can be attributed to increased utilization of professional services, and new services outsourced to third-party providers. Professional services include expenses associated with third party loan review assistance, legal and accounting costs. Due to the increased complexity of the Company and the issues it faces, we anticipate that outside parties will continue to be consulted in 2012.

 

   

Collection and real estate owned expenses increased approximately $1,166,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and totaled $1,848,000, compared to $682,000 for 2010. These expenses have increased as a result of the increase in classified assets with corrective action and work-out plans, in order to mitigate the Company’s risk of loss.

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents
   

The largest increase was in goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization, which totaled $19,657,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $19,417,000 compared to 2010. The increase was attributable to a goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000, slightly offset by lower amortization of other intangibles. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge in connection with its annual evaluation of goodwill. The impairment charge resulted from several factors, the most prominent being decreases in trading multiples of the Company’s common stock, overall valuations of comparable organizations, a deterioration in asset quality of the commercial real estate portfolio, and the negative impact of deteriorating asset quality on expected cash flows. As a result of these negative indicators and subsequent analysis, the Company’s entire goodwill balance was written off at December 31, 2011.

 

   

Other operating expenses increased $1,604,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5,314,000 in 2010 to $6,918,000 in 2011. Included in other operating expenses is a provision for off-balance sheet reserves totaling $782,000 in 2011 with no corresponding charge in 2010. In light of the downturn in real estate conditions, a reserve was established in 2011 for loan commitments, principally on construction loans, that have not yet been funded. In addition, the Company experienced its first losses on loans sold with recourse in the secondary market under the FHLB of Chicago’s MPF program. Each loan that is sold under the program is credit enhanced. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company foreclosed or is in the process of foreclosing on loans sold under the MPF program, with a resulting charge of $475,000 included in other operating expenses representing an estimate of the Company’s losses under its recourse exposures.

 

   

The remainder of the increase in noninterest expenses is primarily the result of the growth experienced by the Company.

In order to better understand how noninterest expenses increased in relation to related increases in revenue, operating expense levels are often measured in the financial services industry by the efficiency ratio, which expresses non-interest expense as a percentage of tax-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income, excluding securities gains, goodwill impairment, and other non-recurring items. Despite an increase in noninterest expenses, the efficiency ratio only increased slightly for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 55.2%, compared to 54.9% in the same 2010 period, due to the growth in revenues the Company experienced. The Company expects that the efficiency ratio will increase in future periods as noninterest expenses will continue to increase as it works through its asset quality issues, and revenues will decline due to the number of loans placed on nonaccrual status and maintaining asset levels relatively consistent.

2010 v. 2009’s Results

Noninterest expenses rose from $31,492,000 during the twelve months of 2009 to $36,735.000 for 2010, an increase of $5,243,000, or 16.6%. The following contributed to the increase in other expenses.

 

   

The largest increase was in salaries and employee benefits, which totaled $19,120,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $3,083,000 over 2009’s results. The increase was attributable to the growth in the number of staff, which grew from 262 full-time equivalents at December 31, 2009 to 275 at December 31, 2010. The addition of these employees directly contributed to the revenue growth the Company experienced, as many were revenue producers. Additional support staff was also required to handle the additional business volume. Additional increases in employee benefits were noted, particularly health and welfare costs, which increased consistent with national trends. Further, the Company recorded expense related to its share-based compensation for employees of $360,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, compared to $113,000 in 2009.

 

   

Advertising and bank promotions increased $98,000 in 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was the result of the Company continuing to enhance its brand in the markets it serves. Contributions, included in advertising and bank promotions expense, for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $332,000,

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents
 

or $37,000 higher than in 2009. The increase in expense was a result of commitments to the communities that the Bank serves as we continue to build relationships and expand our presence in these market areas.

 

   

FDIC insurance totaled $1,798,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 40.7%, or $520,000 over 2009. The increase was the result of additional deposits that the Bank was able to generate in 2010, combined with higher assessments in 2010 than in 2009.

 

   

Collection and real estate owned expenses increased approximately $424,000 from $258,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 to $682,000 for the same period in 2010. The increase is commensurate with the increase in risk assets discussed in the provision and allowance for loan losses section.

 

   

In the third quarter of 2010, the Bank incurred additional expenses associated with its investments in low-income housing projects. This resulted in incremental expense of $166,000 recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010 over the same period in 2009. These charges are included in other operating expenses.

 

   

Fees associated with the Bank’s Mastermoney Card totaled $605,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $124,000 over 2009’s expense. The increase in expense is consistent with an increase in Mastermoney fee income of $383,000. These expenses are included in other operating expenses.

 

   

The remainder of the increase in noninterest expenses was primarily the result of the growth experienced by the Company.

Despite an increase in the other expenses, the Company was able to improve on its efficiency ratio, which was 54.9% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, compared to 58.9% in 2009.

Federal Income Taxes

The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $10,863,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to income tax expense of $6,470,000 and $4,050,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In dollar terms, the primary reason for the fluctuation in income tax expense or benefit is due to changes in the levels of pre-tax income (loss) for the period.

A more meaningful comparison is the effective tax rate, a measurement of income tax expense as a percent of pretax income, which was 25.4%, 28.1%, and 23.2% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company’s effective tax rate is less than the 35% federal statutory rate, primarily due to tax-exempt loan and security income, life insurance earnings and tax credits associated with low-income housing and historic projects, offset by certain non-deductible expenses and state income taxes. In 2011, the effective tax rate was impacted by non-tax deductible goodwill impairment, which resulted in little benefit to the Company. The 23.2% effective tax rate in 2009 was pushed down due to $620,000 of historic credits that resulted from a senior housing project in our market area. The Company actively seeks tax free investment opportunities, when the yield, on a tax equivalent basis, is favorable compared to taxable investments.

Financial Condition

A substantial amount of time is devoted by management to overseeing the investment of funds in loans and securities and the formulation of policies directed toward the profitability and minimization of risk associated with such investments.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

Securities Available for Sale

The Company utilizes securities available for sale as a tool for managing interest rate risk, enhancing income through interest and dividend income, to provide liquidity and to provide collateral for certain deposits and borrowings. As of December 31, 2011, securities available for sale were $310,365,000, a $121,407,000 decrease from the December 31, 2010 balance of $431,772,000.

The Company has established investment policies and an asset management policy to assist in administering its investment portfolio. Decisions to purchase or sell these securities are based on economic conditions and management’s strategy to respond to changes in interest rates, liquidity, securitization of deposits and repurchase agreements and other factors while obtaining the maximum return on the investments. Under generally accepting accounting principles, the Company may segregate its investment portfolio into three categories: “securities held to maturity”, “trading securities” and “securities available for sale”. Management has classified the full securities portfolio as available for sale. Securities available for sale are to be accounted for at their current market value with unrealized gains and losses on such securities to be excluded from earnings and reported as a net amount in other comprehensive income.

The Company’s securities available for sale include debt and equity instruments that are subject to varying degrees of credit and market risk. This risk arises from general market conditions, factors impacting specific industries, as well as corporate news that may impact specific issues. Management continuously monitors its debt securities, including updates of credit ratings, monitoring market, industry and segment news, as well as volatility in market prices. The Company uses various indicators in determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily-impaired, including the extent of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, and the extent of the unrealized loss. In addition, management assesses whether it is likely the Company will have to sell the security prior to recovery, or if it is able to hold the security until the price recovers. For those debt securities in which management concludes the security is other than temporarily impaired, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. Given the strong asset quality of the debt security portfolio, management has not had to take an other than temporary impairment charge in 2011.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made. The Company recorded $0, $0 and $36,000 of other than temporary impairment expense on equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following table shows the fair value of securities available for sale at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009  

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 43,622       $ 120,286       $ 119,416   

States and political subdivisions

     78,051         97,148         37,384   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     187,584         212,176         37,873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     309,257         429,610         194,673   

Equity securities

     1,108         2,162         1,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 310,365       $ 431,772       $ 196,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decline in securities available for sale occurred in every investment category, including U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises securities with fixed maturity dates, which declined the greatest, or $76,664,000, and mortgage-backed securities which declined by $24,592,000, and state and political subdivisions, which fell by $19,097,000. The cash flows received from principal pay downs, maturities, and sales

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

of securities from these portfolios were kept liquid, and the Company has seen an increase in its federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks of $77,586,000. Given the current interest rate environment and funding needs of maturing borrowings and deposits, including brokered time deposits discussed further in the deposit section, management has kept the funds liquid in order to meet these obligations.

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at book value as of December 31, 2011, and weighted average yields of such securities. Yields are shown on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a 35% federal income tax rate.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Within 1
year
    After 1
year but
within 5
years
    After 5
years but
within 10
years
    After 10
years
    Total     Average
Maturity
(in years)
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 306      $ 15,523      $ 23,156      $ 2,578      $ 41,563        6.5         2.56

States and political subdivisions

     5,264        5,931        14,726        49,311        75,232        11.4         5.35

GSE Residential Mortgage-backed securities

     11        310        20,993        164,704        186,018        18.0         2.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortized cost

   $ 5,581      $ 21,764      $ 58,875      $ 216,593      $ 302,813        12.0         3.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Percentage of total portfolio

     1.84     7.19     19.44     71.53     100.00     

Weighted average yield

     3.93     2.04     3.33     2.99     3.01     

The above maturity is based on contractual terms of the debt or mortgage backed securities, and does not factor in required repayments or anticipated prepayments that may exist. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average estimated life of the residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio is less than 4 years based on current interest rates and anticipated prepayment speeds.

Loan Portfolio

The Company offers various products to meet the credit needs of our borrowers, principally consisting of commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and retail loans consisting of loans secured by residential properties, and to a lesser extent, installment loans. No loans are extended to non-domestic borrowers or governments.

With certain exceptions, we are permitted under applicable law to make loans to single borrowers (including certain related persons and entities) in aggregate amounts of up to 15% of the sum of total capital and the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s legal lending limit to one borrower was approximately $22,892,000 at December 31, 2011.

The Company’s loan portfolio is broken down into segments to an appropriate level of disaggregation to allow management to monitor the performance by the borrower and to monitor the yield on the portfolio. In 2010, management incorporated the provisions of ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Loan Losses, resulting in the refinement in its portfolio segregation. Consistent with this standard, the segments were further broken down into classes, to allow for differing risk characteristics within a segment.

The risks associated with lending activities differ among the various loan classes, and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans, and general economic conditions. All of these factors may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to repay its loans, and impact the associated collateral.

The Company has various types of commercial real estate which have differing levels of credit risk associated with them. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are generally dependent upon the successful

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

operation of the borrower’s business, with the cash flows generated from the business being the primary source of repayment of the loan. If the business suffers a downturn in sales or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be in jeopardy.

Non-owner occupied and multi-family commercial real estate loans present a different credit risk to the Company than owner-occupied commercial real estate, as the repayment of the loan is dependent upon the borrower’s ability to generate a sufficient level of occupancy to produce rental income that exceeds the debt service requirement and operating expenses. Lower occupancy or lease rates may result in a reduction in cash flows, which hinder the ability of the borrower to meet debt service requirements, and may result in lower collateral values. The Company generally recognizes greater risk is inherent in these credit relationships as compared to owner occupied loans mentioned above in its loan pricing.

Acquisition and development loans consist of 1-4 family residential construction and commercial and land development loans. The risk of loss on these loans is largely dependent on the Company’s ability to assess the property’s value at the completion of the project, which should exceed the property’s construction costs. During the construction phase, a number of factors could potentially negatively impact the collateral value, including cost overruns, delays in completing the project, competition, and real estate market conditions which may change based on the supply of similar properties in the area. In the event the collateral value at the completion of the project is not sufficient to cover the outstanding loan balance, the Company must rely upon other repayment sources, including the guarantors of the project or other collateral securing the loan.

Commercial and industrial loans include advances to local and regional businesses for general commercial purposes and include permanent and short-term working capital, machinery and equipment financing, and may be either in the form of lines of credit or term loans. Although commercial and industrial loans may be unsecured to our highest rated borrowers, the majority of these loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a majority of these loans, the collateral also includes the business real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. Commercial and industrial loans present credit exposure to the Company, as they are more susceptible to risk of loss during a downturn in the economy, as borrowers may have greater difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and the value of the collateral may decline. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk through its underwriting standards, including evaluating the credit worthiness of the borrower and to the extent available, credit ratings on the business. Additionally, monitoring of the loans through annual renewals and meetings with the borrowers are common. However, these procedures cannot eliminate the risk of loss associated with commercial and industrial lending.

The Company originates loans to its retail customers, including fixed-rate and adjustable first lien mortgage loans with the underlying 1-4 family owner-occupied residential property securing the credit. The Company’s risk exposure is minimized in these types of loans through the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and underwriting standards which limits the loan-to-value ratio to generally no more than 80% upon loan origination, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance.

Home equity loans, including term loans and lines of credit, present a slightly higher risk to the Company than 1-4 family first liens, as these loans can be first or second liens on 1-4 family owner occupied residential property, but can have loan-to-value ratios of no greater than 90% of the value of the real estate taken as collateral. The credit worthiness of the borrower is considered including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, which generally cannot exceed 38%.

Installment and other loans’ credit risks are mitigated through conservative underwriting standards, including the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and if secured, the collateral value of the assets. As these loans can be unsecured or secured by assets, the value of which may depreciate quickly or may fluctuate, they present a greater risk to the Company than 1-4 family residential loans.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 have not been reclassified in ASU 2010-2 presentation, as it was not required by the standard, and are presented separately.

The loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, broken out by classes as of December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009  

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 199,646       $ 172,000       $ 149,149   

Non-owner occupied

     141,037         143,372         122,287   

Multi-family

     27,327         24,649         24,898   

Acquisition and development:

        

1-4 family residential construction

     7,098         29,297         21,977   

Commercial and land development

     77,564         88,105         88,902   

Commercial and industrial

     277,900         263,943         246,335   

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     104,327         119,450         100,413   

Home equity—term

     37,513         40,818         55,993   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     80,951         71,547         58,146   

Installment and other loans

     12,077         11,112         12,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 965,440       $ 964,293       $ 880,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, generally broken down by the underlying security of the loans, is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2008      2007  

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 78,880       $ 55,698   

Real estate—Commercial

     250,485         243,210   

Real estate—Construction

     131,509         92,050   

Real estate—Mortgage

     351,426         302,419   

Consumer

     8,168         8,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 820,468       $ 701,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the Company monitoring its loan portfolio by type, it also monitors concentrations to one industry. The Bank’s Lending Policy defines an industry concentration as one that exceeds 25% of the Bank’s shareholders’ equity. The following industries meet the concentration criteria defined by the Bank’s Lending Policy at December 31, 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Balance      % of
Total
Loans
    % of
Bank’s
Equity
 

Land subdivision

   $ 67,456         7.0     51.9

Lessors of residential buildings and dwellings

     138,193         14.3     106.2

Lessors of nonresidential buildings

     144,897         15.0     111.4

Hotels (except casinos and motels)

     52,978         5.5     40.7

The growth in the loan portfolio remained relatively flat during 2011, with loans totaling $965,440,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $964,293,000 at December 31, 2010, after several years of strong growth. In light of deteriorating asset quality conditions, the Company has curbed its balance sheet growth in order to address and enhance credit administration and underwriting processes and procedures. During the first half of 2011, the Company was able to grow its loan portfolio, however, in the second half of the year the portfolio decreased from its high balance on June 30, 2011 of $999,033,000.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

Despite flat growth overall, the Company was able to increase its total home equity and installment loan balances by 5.7% from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the result of focused marketing campaigns through our retail staff and call center. Offsetting the growth in these consumer products was a decline in first lien residential mortgages, which declined 12.7%, from $119,450,000 at December 31, 2010 to $104,327,000 at December 31, 2011. As a result of asset/liability and capital management, the Company sold its shorter-lived 1-4 family residential mortgage, generally with maturities of 10-20 years, which were previously held in its portfolio. Longer termed residential mortgage loans continue to be sold on the secondary market, as they present greater interest rate risk.

As a result of the flat asset growth, the Company has experienced declines it is acquisition and development loans, as projects are completed and moved to permanent financing, with a corresponding decrease to other loan categories. The largest project that was finished was a loan on an approximate $9.0 million townhouse development in which the construction phase ended and the loan moved to its permanent financing, and is now presented in the commercial category. As the Company’s pipeline has been reduced, the construction loan balances are declining as projects are finished.

Presented below are the approximate maturities of the loan types specified, and whether they are fixed-rate or adjustable rate loans as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Due In         
      One Year
or Less
     One
Year  Through

Five Years
     After Five
Year
     Total  

(Dollars in Thousands)

           

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

           

Fixed rate

   $ 187       $ 0       $ 0       $ 187   

Adjustable and floating rate

     6,017         238         656         6,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,204         238         656         7,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and land development

           

Fixed rate

     2,028         2,328         5,015         9,371   

Adjustable and floating rate

     31,728         16,280         20,185         68,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,756         18,608         25,200         77,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

           

Fixed rate

     4,296         26,539         48,474         79,309   

Adjustable and floating rate

     35,267         5,386         157,938         198,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     39,563         31,925         206,412         277,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 79,523       $ 50,771       $ 232,270       $ 362,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The variable rate loans shown above include semi-fixed loans that contractually will adjust with prime after the interest lock period which may be up to seven years. At December 31, 2011 there was approximately $109,689,000 of such loans.

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

Asset Quality

Risk Elements

The Company’s loan portfolios are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk is mitigated through conservative underwriting standards, on-going credit review, and monitoring asset quality measures. Additionally, loan portfolio diversification, limiting exposure to a single industry or borrower, and requiring collateral also mitigate the Company’s risk of credit loss.

The Company’s loan portfolio is principally to borrowers in south central Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland. As the majority of loans are concentrated in this geographic region, a substantial portion of the debtor’s ability to honor their obligations may be affected by the level of economic activity in the market area.

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual and restructured loans and foreclosed real estate. In addition, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also deemed to be a risk asset. For all loan classes, the accrual of interest income ceases when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral is inadequate to cover principal and interest or immediately if, in the opinion of management, full collection is unlikely. Interest will continue to accrue on loans past due 90 days or more if the collateral is adequate to cover principal and interest, and the loan is in the process of collection. Interest accrued, but not collected, as of the date of placement on nonaccrual status, is generally reversed and charged against interest income, unless fully collateralized. Subsequent payments received are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status, for all loan classes, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, have performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the note for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured. Past due status is based on contract terms of the loan.

Loans, the terms of which are modified, are classified as troubled debt restructurings if a concession was granted, for legal or economic reasons, related to a debtor’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring typically involve a temporary deferral of scheduled loan payments, an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date, temporary reduction in interest rates, or below market rates. If a modification occurs while the loan is on accruing status, it will continue to accrue interest under the modified terms. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if scheduled principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six months after modification, and the borrower continues to demonstrate its ability to meet the modified terms. Troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment if they have been restructured during the most recent calendar year, or if they are not performing according to their modified terms.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s risk elements, including information concerning the aggregate balances of nonaccrual, restructured, loans past due 90 days or more, and foreclosed real estate as of December 31. Relevant asset quality ratios are also presented.

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Nonaccrual loans (cash basis)

   $ 83,697      $ 13,896      $ 4,267      $ 341      $ 118   

Other real estate (OREO)

     2,165        1,112        1,065        608        199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

     85,862        15,008        5,332        949        317   

Restructured loans still accruing

     27,917        1,180        0        0        0   

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

     0        2,248        6,155        6,176        3,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk assets

   $ 113,779      $ 18,436      $ 11,487      $ 7,125      $ 3,903   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans 30-89 days past due

   $ 6,723      $ 5,335      $ 19,043      $ 12,178      $ 9,934   

Asset quality ratios:

          

Nonaccrual loans to loans

     8.67     1.44     0.48     0.04     0.02

Nonperforming assets to assets

     5.95     0.99     0.45     0.09     0.04

Total nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO

     8.87     1.55     0.60     0.12     0.05

Total risk assets to total loans and OREO

     11.76     1.91     1.30     0.87     0.56

Total risk assets to total assets

     7.88     1.22     0.96     0.68     0.44

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     4.53     1.66     1.26     0.87     0.87

Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans

     52.23     115.28     259.36     2093.84     5204.24

Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual and restructured loans still accruing

     39.17 %      106.26     259.36     2093.84     5204.24

A further breakdown of nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more still accruing as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Nonaccrual Loans      Past Due 90 Days or
More Still Accruing
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   2011      2010      2011      2010  

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

   $ 8,832       $ 686       $ 0       $ 466   

Non-owner occupied

     18,146         2,064         0         0   

Multi-family

     3,463         90         0         0   

Acquisition and development:

              0   

1-4 family residential construction

     2,182         0         0         0   

Commercial and land development

     18,003         93         0         420   

Commercial and industrial

     29,848         10,625         0         0   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     1,928         279         0         1,095   

Home equity

     1,293         58         0         217   

Installment and other loans

     2         1         0         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 83,697       $ 13,896       $ 0       $ 2,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As noted in the above tables, the Company has experienced a steady increase in risk assets from 2007 – 2011, which coincides with the downturn in the state and local economies, and softness in the real estate market. The largest increase in risk elements was nonaccrual loans, which totaled $83,697,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $13,896,000 at December 31, 2010, an increase of $69,801,000. All loan segments experienced increases in nonaccrual loans from year end December 31, 2010 to 2011, with commercial acquisition and development and non-owned occupied segments experiencing the greatest dollar and percentage increases, reflective of softness in the real estate market and corresponding decline in collateral values. The increase in nonaccrual loans since December 31, 2010 is the results of loans totaling $105,078,000 being moved to nonaccrual status during the year, $30,400,000 of loans being charged-off, $2,365,000 of loans foreclosed on and transferred to other real estate owned and $2,512,000 of net paydowns.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

Restructured loans still accruing totaled $27,917,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $1,180,000 at December 31, 2010. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company early adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructurings Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. As a result of adopting the amendment in ASU No. 2011-02, the Company reassessed terms and conditions to customers on restructured loans that had been completed. The Company designated certain relationships in which management worked with the borrower and modified terms and conditions, principally extensions of loan maturities, as restructured loans. Despite the Company’s ability to increase the rate on many of the loans to a floor rate of interest and strengthening of loan quality with additional collateral in certain instances, the loans were designated as restructured as the borrowers were experiencing financial difficulties, and the new rates were below a market rate given the risk of the transaction, which was determined to be a concession to its borrowers that were experiencing financial difficulties. The Company proactively took actions with these borrowers to enable them to repay their loans under revised terms and conditions, which were felt to mitigate loss potential to the Bank while allowing the borrowers to work through these softened economic times. In addition to the 16 restructured loans in accruing status and included in the restructured loan total of $27,917,000, 16 loans with principal balances of $9,646,000 were considered troubled debt restructurings during 2011, which have either defaulted in the past 12 months, or it was anticipated the Bank will likely not be able to collect all principal on the loan, and are included in nonaccrual loans in the table above.

In 2010, the Company restructured two residential mortgages in order to assist the borrowers who were experiencing financial difficulties. The restructured loans resulted in concessions that the Bank made in interest rates for a short (less than twelve months) period of the remaining amortization schedule, and resulted in a reduction of the discounted cash flows of the loans, based on the original loans’ interest rate, of approximately $20,000.

As a result of the elevated level of nonaccruing loans and other risk elements, the Company has increased the number of personnel in its loan workout and credit review departments and outsourced certain credit review responsibilities in order to identify problem loans, mitigate the Company’s risk of loss, and to reduce its level of nonaccrual and classified loans. During the second half of 2011, new appraisals were received on many criticized assets along with updated financial statements received on these borrowers. Continued softness in the real estate market coupled with deteriorating financial conditions and global cash flows of the borrowers, reclassifying certain loans to nonaccrual status was determined to be an appropriate course of action. In addition to monitoring the asset quality ratios noted above, another key metric that is used by the Company in its progress of working through its risk assets is the ratio of classified assets to Tier 1 capital plus its allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2011, this ratio was 96.8%, compared to 44.3% at December 31, 2010. The Company’s loan workout and credit review departments are conducting meetings with its borrowers and other third parties to determine ways in which it can reduce or eliminate its exposure, or negotiate other terms in order to enhance the loans’ internal loan review rating.

The increase in risk assets has resulted in the Company experiencing an increase in its ratio of total risk assets to total assets during the past five years, including an increase from 1.22% at December 31, 2010 to 7.88% at December 31, 2011. Increases in risk assets have been experienced by financial institutions both at a national and local level during the past several years, and the Company has seen increases as well.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has approximately 50 lending relationships that are included in the nonaccrual loan balance of $83,697,000. Of these 50 relationships, 15 have outstanding book balances in excess of $2,000,000, totaling $68,606,000, or 76% of the total nonaccrual balance. In connection with the determination of the impairment associated with these 13 collateral dependent relationships, partial charge-offs totaling $11,040,000 were taken on certain loan balances, and another $15,607,000 of ASC 310 impairment reserves were recorded on the balances at December 31, 2011. The partial charge-offs resulted from those loans in which recent appraisals were obtained, and the carrying value of the loans exceeded their updated appraised fair values, less costs to dispose. The ASC 310 impairment reserves resulted from those situations in which additional costs to dispose would be required and were reserved for, or in which the estimate of fair value was pending the finalization of the appraisal process.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

The largest relationship that the Company has in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2011 is to a real estate developer who also actively leases residential properties and operates trailer parks. This relationship consists of 14 separate notes with total outstanding book balances of $11,042,000, with different parcels of land or residential structures securing the outstanding loan balances. Recent appraisals on the collateral securing the outstanding notes received during the fourth quarter resulted in the determination that the relationship should be placed in nonaccrual status, as the softening of real estate prices as well as rental prices, and lengthening of absorption periods resulted in it being classified and evaluated as a collateral dependent impaired loan. At the time the loans were designated as nonaccrual, a partial charge-off of approximately 9% of the outstanding loan balance was taken. The Company is activity working with the customer in reducing their outstanding loan balances.

The second largest relationship in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2011 consists of seven notes with an aggregate outstanding book balance of $9,738,000, to commercial real estate operators with multi-use properties in their portfolio, including a restaurant, entertainment facilities, condominiums and office space located in the Company’s southern market area. In connection with the evaluation of the relationship, and its placement in nonaccrual status, the Company took partial charge-offs of approximately 31% of the legal balance of the related loans, representing the amount the outstanding loan balances exceeded the fair value of the collateral at the time the impaired loans were evaluated as collateral dependent. Additionally, five notes were fully charged-off on this relationship, with balances totaling $2,008,000. It is anticipated that the notes and recorded mortgages securing this relationship will be sold to a third party in the first quarter of 2012, and the Company will record a chargeoff of approximately $5,138,000, which is fully reserved at December 31, 2011.

Another significant nonaccrual loan relationship is one with outstanding loan book balances of $8,142,000 at December 31, 2011, to a real estate developer and builder with multiple subdivisions in the Company’s southern market area. The softness in the real estate market has resulted in longer absorption periods of the lots for sale, delays in commencing new phases of the subdivisions, and lower sales prices. Upon receipt of updated appraised values on the collateral, the Company moved the relationship to nonaccrual status, and recorded a partial charge-off of approximately 22% of the outstanding loan balances. The borrower has been cooperative in developing an approach to improve cash flows and reduce its outstanding loan exposure.

A fourth relationship with outstanding book loan balances of $5,285,000 at December 31, 2011 is to an individual and related entities engaged in residential real estate development, construction and investment, including storage rental units. Upon receiving updated appraisals in the fourth quarter of 2011 on the collateral securing the outstanding loan balances, it was determined that several loans no longer had collateral with value adequately securing them, due to subordinate lien positions and the decline in the fair value of the real estate. This resulted in $660,000 of loans being fully-charged off, and partial charge-offs on remaining loans of approximately 4%. The Company has been in contact with the borrower, and has expressed its desire to reduce outstanding loan balances. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating its best course of action on this relationship to mitigate its risk of loss.

One additional relationship has note balances in excess of $4 million, with outstanding loan book balances totaling $4,484,000 at December 31, 2011. This relationship is to a wholesaler that supplies inventory to the commercial construction industry. As a result of the deterioration in real estate conditions, the borrower’s business has been negatively impacted, and has resulted in management concluding that they will be unable to continue to service their debt requirements. The relationship includes financing for a residence in a resort area. The Company obtained updated appraisals in the fourth quarter of 2011, and the fair values were consistent with management’s estimates. Due to cross collateralization of the loans, an impairment reserve of approximately $1,561,000 has been established on the relationship. A specific charge-off has not been recorded, as the cross collateralization makes it difficult to determine the loan that should be charged. Management is attempting to work with the borrower in order to mitigate its risk of loss, however, the borrower has introduced legal counsel to protect its interest.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

The Company has two large lending relationships with balances totaling $26,213,000 with borrowers who are included as performing troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2011. The Company is currently in the process of negotiating the sale of these notes, or offering incentives for the borrowers to find alternate financing, and has recorded a reserve of $8,021,000 at December 31, 2011, reflecting the anticipated chargeoff that will occur in the first quarter of 2012 when the sale and alternate financing are achieved.

The Company has an additional 45 relationships with borrowers with loans that are individually evaluated for impairment, and has taken a similar approach to those mentioned above in determining the extent of full or partial charge-offs that were required, or ASC 310 reserves that may be needed. The determination of the Company’s charge-offs or impairment reserve determination properly included an evaluation of the outstanding loan balance, and the related collateral securing the credit.

The Company believes through partial charge-offs taken to date totaling $12,784,000, the combination of the collateral securing the loans and the reserves allocated for these nonaccrual and restructured loans totaling $29,788,000, that it has adequately provided for the potential losses that it may incur on these relationships as of December 31, 2011. However, as additional time passes, additional information may become known that could result in additional reserve allocations, or, alternatively, it may be deemed that the reserve allocations exceed that which is needed.

The Company experienced an increase in foreclosed real estate balances at December 31, 2011 of $2,165,000, compared to December 31, 2010 of $1,112,000. As of December 31, 2011, 12 properties are owned by the Company, four of which are commercial properties and total $1,054,000, and the remaining eight consisting of residential properties and totaling $1,111,000. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded a lower of cost or fair value charge of $365,000, compared to $123,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The largest commercial property consists of land with a carrying value of $365,000 that was originally purchased by the Company for future expansion purposes. During 2011, it was determined this property was no longer in the Company’s strategic plans, and as such, the Company re-designated the property as held for sale. At the time of transfer, the property was written down by approximately $156,000. The largest residential property has a carrying value of $500,000 at December 31, 2011. Due to the unique nature of the property, the Company recently lowered the sales price and recorded a charge of $125,000 to have the property carried at fair value, less costs to dispose. The remaining properties have carrying values less than $350,000 and are also carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to dispose.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company believes the value of foreclosed assets represents their fair values, but if the real estate market continues to remain soft, additional charges may be needed. Additionally, as the Company works through some of its problem loans, management anticipates that the foreclosed real estate balances may grow.

Credit Risk Management

Allowance for Loan Losses

During 2011, the Company’s charge-offs have increased significantly, reflective of sluggish economic and real estate conditions. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Quarterly, management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses utilizing a defined methodology, which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans as discussed above, past loan loss historical experience, and qualitative factors. Management believes the approach properly addresses the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually identified as impaired, and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

In order to monitor ongoing risk associated with its loan portfolio and specific credits within the segments, management uses an eight point internal grading system. The first four rating categories, representing the lowest risk to the Bank, are combined and given a “Pass” rating. The “Special Mention” category includes loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or criticized rating. Management generally follows regulatory definitions in assigning criticized ratings to loans, including substandard, doubtful or loss. “Substandard” loans are classified as they have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Substandard” loans include loans that management has determined not to be impaired, as well as loans considered to be impaired. A “Doubtful” loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset; its classification of loss is deferred. “Loss” assets are considered uncollectible, as the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have suspended debt repayments, or ceased business operations. Once a loan is classified as “Loss”, there is little prospect of collecting the loan’s principal or interest and it is generally written off.

The Bank has a loan review policy and program which is designed to reduce and control risk in the lending function. The Credit Administration Committee, comprised of members of the Board, is charged with the overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Company’s loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all bank personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The loan review program provides the Bank with an internal (through an outsourced third party beginning in 2011), independent review of the Bank’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.

Loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1,000,000. Loan review documentation is submitted to the Credit Administration Committee quarterly with a formal review and rating as presented by independent loan review personnel. In addition, all relationships rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed by the Credit Administration Committee on a quarterly basis, with reaffirmation of the rating as recommended by the Bank’s Problem Loan Committee or Loan Review staff. In addition to the policy and procedure guidelines noted above, the Company expanded its review coverage during the last three quarters of 2011 in light of softness in overall economic conditions and deterioration of underlying collateral securing lending relationships. As a result, all commercial real estate, construction and development loans, and commercial loans in excess of $500,000, representing over 75% coverage of these portfolios, have been reviewed.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Bank’s ratings based on its internal risk rating system as of December 31:

 

     Pass      Special
Mention
     Non-Impaired
Substandard
     Impaired
Substandard
     Doubtful      Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

                 

December 31, 2011

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 161,695       $ 19,820       $ 8,321       $ 8,828       $ 982       $ 199,646   

Non-owner occupied

     93,379         19,689         7,785         16,661         3,523         141,037   

Multi-family

     14,896         7,581         1,387         1,328         2,135         27,327   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     3,361         724         831         2,182         0         7,098   

Commercial and land development

     28,513         16,274         13,713         19,064         0         77,564   

Commercial and industrial:

     190,675         19,859         14,232         50,047         3,087         277,900   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     102,398         0         596         1,333         0         104,327   

Home equity—term

     36,290         0         638         585         0         37,513   

Home equity—lines of credit

     80,881         0         70         0         0         80,951   

Installment and other loans

     12,075         0         2         0         0         12,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 724,163       $ 83,947       $ 47,575       $ 100,028       $ 9,727       $ 965,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 162,968       $ 2,035       $ 6,311       $ 0       $ 686       $ 172,000   

Non-owner occupied

     120,633         4,274         15,495         2,970         0         143,372   

Multi-family

     20,030         676         3,853         0         90         24,649   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     24,199         2,297         2,801         0         0         29,297   

Commercial and land development

     79,391         2,487         6,134         93         0         88,105   

Commercial and industrial:

     221,111         17,062         14,992         9,770         1,008         263,943   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     117,607         0         1,373         470         0         119,450   

Home equity—term

     39,279         0         828         711         0         40,818   

Home equity—lines of credit

     71,364         0         183         0         0         71,547   

Installment and other loans

     11,062         0         50         0         0         11,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 867,644       $ 28,831       $ 52,020       $ 14,014       $ 1,784       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Classified loans may also be evaluated for impairment. For commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Generally, loans that are more than 90 days past due are assigned a ‘Substandard’ rating. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Nonaccrual loans in the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios are, by definition, deemed to be impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, construction and restructured loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For loans that are deemed to be impaired for extended periods of time, periodic updates on fair values are obtained, which may include updated appraisals. The updated fair values will be incorporated into the impairment analysis as of the next reporting period. In the event an updated appraisal that requires a higher impairment reserve is received after a reporting period, but prior to the issuance of the financial statements, an evaluation is made as to the significance of the difference and whether the amounts need to be reflected in the financial statements not yet issued.

Loan charge-offs, which may include, from time-to-time, a partial charge-off, are taken on an impaired loan that is collateral dependent if the loan’s carrying balance exceeds its collateral’s appraised value, the loan has been identified as uncollectible, and it is deemed to be a confirmed loss. Typically, impaired loans with a charge-off or partial charge-off will continue to be considered impaired, unless the note is split into two, and management expects the performing note to continue to perform and is adequately secured. The second, or non-performing note, would be charged-off. As of the periods presented, the Company has no loans to borrowers that resulted from splitting impaired loans into multiple notes. Generally, an impaired loan with a partial charge-off will continue to have an impairment reserve on it after the partial charge-off, if factors warrant.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, nearly all of the Company’s impaired loans’ extent of impairment was measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral securing the credit, except for troubled debt restructurings. By definition, troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired. All restructured loans’ impairment was determined based on discounted cash flows for those loans classified as troubled debt restructurings but are accruing interest. For real estate loans, collateral generally consists of commercial real estate, but in the case of commercial and industrial loans, it would also consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Commercial and industrial loans may also have real estate collateral.

At the time a real-estate-secured loan is deemed impaired, management determines whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary to assist in determining the extent of an impairment reserve, if any. The decision for requiring an updated appraisal takes into consideration the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original certified appraisal, the Company’s recent experience and knowledge of market conditions, recent list prices or broker opinions, the condition of the property, and environmental factors. If market conditions have changed significantly from the date of the most recent appraisal, an updated appraisal will be obtained. As of October 1, 2011, the Company amended its policy, which now requires annual updated appraisals for criticized loans in excess of $250,000. The “as is value” provided in the appraisal is often used as the fair value of the collateral in determining impairment, unless circumstances, such as subsequent improvements, approvals, or other circumstances dictate that another value provided by the appraiser is more appropriate.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

Generally, impaired loans secured by real estate were measured at fair value using certified real estate appraisals that had been completed within the last year. Appraised values are further discounted for estimated costs to sell the property and other selling considerations to arrive at the properties’ fair value.

In those situations in which it is determined an updated appraisal is not required for loans individually evaluated for impairment, fair values are based on one or a combination of the following approaches. In those situations in which a combination of approaches is considered, the factor that carries the most consideration will be the one management believes is warranted. The approaches are as follows:

 

   

Original appraisal—if the original appraisal provides a strong loan-to-value (generally 70% or lower) and, after consideration of market conditions and knowledge of the property and area, it is determined by the Credit Administration staff that there has not been a significant deterioration in the collateral value, the original certified appraised value may be used. Discounts as deemed appropriate for selling costs are factored into the appraised value in arriving at fair value.

 

   

Discounted cash flows—in limited cases, discounted cash flows may be used on projects in which the collateral is liquidated to reduce the borrowings outstanding, and is used to validate collateral values derived from other approaches.

Collateral on certain impaired loans is not limited to real estate, and consists of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Estimated fair values are determined based on borrowers’ financial statements, inventory ledgers, accounts receivable agings or appraisals from individuals with knowledge in the business. Stated balances are generally discounted for the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. In determining fair value, liquidation discounts are applied to this collateral based on existing loan evaluation policies.

The Company distinguishes Substandard loans on both an impaired and non-impaired basis, as it places less emphasis on a loan’s classification, and increased reliance on whether the loan was performing in accordance with the contractual terms. “Substandard” classification does not automatically meet the definition of “impaired”. A Substandard credit is one that is inadequately protected by current sound worth, paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified have well-defined weaknesses which may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified substandard. As a result, the Company revised its methodology in its evaluation of certain accruing commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans rated “Substandard” collectively for impairment as opposed to evaluating these loans individually for impairment. Although we believe these loans have well defined weaknesses and meet the definition of “Substandard”, they are generally performing and management has concluded that it is likely it will be able to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Larger groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Generally, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not required as of December 31:

 

    Impaired Loans with a Specific Allowance     Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Recorded
Investment

(Book
Balance)
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance

(Legal
Balance)
    Related
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment
(Book
Balance)
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
(Legal
Balance)
 

December 31, 2011

         

Commercial real estate:

         

Owner-occupied

  $ 5,016      $ 5,200      $ 1,762      $ 4,794      $ 4,838   

Non-owner occupied

    16,682        20,472        6,876        3,502        4,071   

Multi-family

    3,129        5,117        1,213        334        334   

Acquisition and development:

         

1-4 family residential construction

    2,182        3,715        926        0        0   

Commercial and land development

    10,657        13,899        4,369        8,407        9,712   

Commercial and industrial

    46,685        47,256        14,591        6,449        6,551   

Residential mortgage:

         

First lien

    1,122        1,122        9        211        211   

Home equity—term

    41        41        42        544        709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 85,514      $ 96,822      $ 29,788      $ 24,241      $ 26,426   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

         

Commercial real estate:

         

Owner-occupied

  $ 686      $ 687      $ 181      $ 0      $ 0   

Non-owner occupied

    2,064        2,065        980        0        0   

Multi-family

    90        90        90        0        0   

Commercial and industrial

    9,600        10,191        3,232        1,118        1,118   

Residential mortgage:

         

First lien

    470        470        12        0        0   

Home equity—term

    711        711        8        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,621      $ 14,214      $ 4,503      $ 1,118      $ 1,118   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The difference between the recorded investment (book balance) and the unpaid principal balance (legal balance) generally results from partial charge-offs taken on loans and payments applied entirely to principal on those loans placed on nonaccrual status.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

The following presents impaired loans that are troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

    Troubled Debt Restructurings     New Troubled Debt Restructurings  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2011

       

Accruing:

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner-occupied

    1      $ 924        1      $ 924   

Non-owner occupied

    2        2,039        2        2,039   

Multi-family

    0        0        0        0   

Acquisition and development:

       

1-4 family residential construction

    0        0        0        0   

Commercial and land development

    2        1,061        2        1.061   

Commercial and industrial

    10        23,434        10        23,434   

Residential mortgage:

       

First lien

    1        459        0        0   

Home equity—term

    0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    16        27,917        15        27,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonaccruing:

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner-occupied

    1        54        1        54   

Non-owner occupied

    1        221        1        221   

Multi-family

    0        0        0        0   

Acquisition and development:

       

1-4 family residential construction

    0        0        0        0   

Commercial and land development

    3        3,179        3        3,179   

Commercial and industrial

    10        5,648        10        5,648   

Residential mortgage:

       

First lien

    0        0        0        0   

Home equity—term

    1        544        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    16        9,646        15        9,102   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    32      $ 37,563        30      $ 36,560   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Troubled Debt Restructurings     New Troubled Debt Restructurings  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Contracts
    Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2010

       

Accruing:

       

Residential mortgage:

       

First lien

    1      $ 470        1      $ 470   

Home equity—term

    1        711        1        711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2      $ 1,181        2      $ 1,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No additional commitments have been made to borrowers whose loans are considered troubled debt restructurings.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized, on loans deemed impaired at December 31, 2011 on a cash basis, and interest income earned but not recognized on loans deemed impaired for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Earned
But Not
Recognized
 

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 4,530       $ 369       $ 187   

Non-owner occupied

     6,820         702         297   

Multi-family

     2,080         125         103   

Acquisition and development:

        

1-4 family residential construction

     489         102         1   

Commercial and land development

     7,456         617         375   

Commercial and industrial

     28,175         1,634         349   

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     639         19         15   

Home equity—term

     685         69         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,874       $ 3,637       $ 1,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for the periods indicated for the years ending December 31:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   2010      2009      2008      2007  

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 26,066       $ 10,748       $ 1,815       $ 230   

Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans

     82         188         104         17   

Interest income earned but not recognized on impaired loans

     458         239         24         3   

Potential problem loans are defined as performing loans, which have characteristics that cause management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to perform under present loan repayment terms and which may result in the reporting of these loans as non-performing loans in the future. Generally, management feels that “Substandard” loans that are currently performing and not considered impaired, result in some doubt as to the borrower’s ability to continue to perform under the terms of the loan, and represent potential problem loans. Additionally, the “Special Mention” classification is intended to be a temporary classification, and is reflective of loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. Special Mention loans represent an elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified rating. These loans require follow-up by lenders on the information that may cause the potential weakness, and once resolved, the loan classification may be downgraded to “Substandard”, or alternatively, could be upgraded to “Pass”. As a result, these loans may become potential problem loans if conditions worsen and they are subsequently downgraded.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the length of time a portfolio is past due, by aggregating loans based on its delinquencies. The following table presents the classes of loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31:

 

            Days Past Due                       

(Dollars in thousands)

   Current      30-59      60-89      90+
(still
accruing)
     Total Past
Due (still
accruing)
     Non-Accrual      Total Loans  

December 31, 2011:

                    

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

   $ 188,679       $ 2,135       $ 0       $ 0       $ 2,135       $ 8,832       $ 199,646   

Non-owner occupied

     122,816         75         0         0         75         18,146         141,037   

Multi-family

     23,864         0         0         0         0         3,463         27,327   

Acquisition and development:

                    

1-4 family residential construction

     4,916         0         0         0         0         2,182         7,098   

Commercial and land development

     59,121         440         0         0         440         18,003         77,564   

Commercial and industrial

     246,696         1,341         15         0         1,356         29,848         277,900   

Residential mortgage:

                    

First lien

     100,215         1,637         547         0         2,184         1,928         104,327   

Home equity—term

     35,998         283         9         0         292         1,223         37,513   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     80,783         98         0         0         98         70         80,951   

Installment and other loans

     11,932         141         2         0         143         2         12,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 875,020       $ 6,150       $ 573       $ 0       $ 6,723       $ 83,697       $ 965,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

                    

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

   $ 169,030       $ 986       $ 832       $ 466       $ 2,284       $ 686       $ 172,000   

Non-owner occupied

     141,095         213         0         0         213         2,064         143,372   

Multi-family

     24,559         0         0         0         0         90         24,649   

Acquisition and development:

                    

1-4 family residential construction

     29,297         0         0         0         0         0         29,297   

Commercial and land development

     87,995         1         16         0         17         93         88,105   

Commercial and industrial

     252,144         287         466         420         1,173         10,625         263,943   

Residential mortgage:

                    

First lien

     116,182         1,359         535         1,095         2,989         279         119,450   

Home equity—term

     40,503         161         62         75         298         17         40,818   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     71,215         60         89         142         291         41         71,547   

Installment and other loans

     10,793         251         17         50         318         1         11,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 942,813       $ 3,318       $ 2,017       $ 2,248       $ 7,583       $ 13,896       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company took a more conservative position on loans 90 days past due still accruing, and generally now will include them as nonaccrual loans unless the loan principal, in full, is in the process of collection, which is generally defined as 60 days. As a result of this more conservative approach in light of deteriorating asset quality, there are no loans in the 90 days past due still accruing category at December 31, 2011.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

For each loan class presented above, general allowances are provided for loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, which is based on quantitative factors, principally historical loss trends for the respective loan class, adjusted for qualitative factors. As of December 31, 2010, the historical loss factor was based on average charge-offs for the last 8 quarters (e.g. January 1, 2009 – December 31, 2010), whereas prior to December 31, 2010, the historical loss factor was based on an equally weighted rolling 12 quarters. As of December 31, 2010, for loans rated special mention and substandard not deemed impaired, a weighted average rolling 8 quarters average charge-off percentage on the related graded loan type, with a two-third weight to the most recent four quarters, and a one-third weight for the furthest four quarters was utilized. For non-rated loans evaluated collectively for impairment, the charge-off factor for the last 8 quarters is factored into the reserve allocation. Additional reserve allocations of approximately $730,000 resulted due to the change to the most recent 8 quarter history. Effective December 31, 2011, the historical loss factor was based on average charge-offs for the last 8 quarters and applied to the entire pool of loans, excluding those loans evaluated for impairment under ASC 310-10-35. In addition, an additional adjustment to the historical loss factors is made to account for delinquency and other potential risk not elsewhere defined within the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss methodology. The refinement to the methodology was made as management determined that the most recent eight quarters loss history as adjusted based on other portfolio analysis and applied to an entire pool of loans is a better reflection of the losses inherent on non-impaired loans within the portfolio at December 31, 2011. In making this determination, management considered current economic and real estate conditions, trends in historical charge-off percentages at the Company as well as peers, and feedback from regulators.

In addition to the quantitative analysis, additional reserves are allocated on loans collectively evaluated for impairment based on additional qualitative factors. The qualitative factors used by management to adjust the historical loss percentage to the anticipated loss allocation, which range from 0 – 8 basis points per factor, include:

Nature and Volume of Loans—Loan growth in the current and subsequent quarters based on the Bank’s targeted growth and strategic plan, coupled with the types of loans booked based on risk management and credit culture, and number of exceptions to loan policy; supervisory loan to value exceptions; etc.

Concentrations of Credit and Changes within Credit Concentrations—Factors considered including the Bank’s overall portfolio makeup and management’s evaluation relating to concentration risk management and the inherent risk associated with the concentrations identified.

Experience, Ability and Depth of Management/Lending Staff—Factors considered include the years of experience of Senior and Middle Management and the lending and loan review staff and turnover of the staff.

Other External Factors (Economic, Legal, Competition, Regulatory etc.)—Ratios and factors considered include trends in the consumer price index (CPI); unemployment rates; housing price index; housing statistics compared to the prior year; bankruptcy rates; regulatory and legal environment risks and competition.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and
Development
    Commercial
and  Industrial
    Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Unallocated     Total  

December 31, 2011

              

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 5,324      $ 1,767      $ 6,795      $ 1,863      $ 106      $ 165      $ 16.020   

Provision for loan losses

     15,294        18,556        23,565        (253     12        1,401        58,575   

Charge-offs

     (6,770     (10,615     (12,805     (680     (62     0        (30,932

Recoveries

     16        0        14        3        19        0        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (6,754     (10,615     (12,791     (677     (43     0        (30,880
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 13,864      $ 9,708      $ 17,569      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

              

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,607      $ 2,703      $ 2,518      $ 1,881      $ 96      $ 1,262      $ 11,067   

Provision for loan losses

     3,441        282        6,000        258        41        (1,097     8,925   

Charge-offs

     (726     (1,218     (1,786     (283     (54     0        (4,067

Recoveries

     2        0        63        7        23        0        95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (724     (1,218     (1,723     (276     (31     0        (3,972
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 5,324      $ 1,767      $ 6,795      $ 1,863      $ 106      $ 165      $ 16,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses, for the years ended before December 31, 2010 based on the prior approach, is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2009      2008      2007  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7,140       $ 6,141       $ 5,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans charged off:

        

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     470         2         8   

Real estate—Commercial

     0         228         0   

Real estate—Mortgage

     416         187         53   

Consumer

     72         80         120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans charged off

     958         497         181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off:

        

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     2         0         3   

Real estate—Commercial

     1         3         0   

Real estate—Mortgage

     6         16         13   

Consumer

     11         27         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     20         46         52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     4,865         1,450         750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 11,067       $ 7,140       $ 6,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

A summary of relevant asset quality ratios for the five years ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     3.11     0.44     0.11     0.06     0.02

Provision for loan losses to net charge-offs

     189.69     224.70     518.66     321.51     581.40

Ratio of reserve to gross loans outstanding at December 31

     4.52     1.66     1.26     0.87     0.87

Consistent with the trends in the national and local economies, as well as declines in real estate values in the Company’s market area, the allowance for loan losses has continued to grow for the period from 2007 through 2011, consistent with the increase in the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding. Net charge-offs increased from $3,972,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $30,880,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, with the majority of the charge-offs coming in the commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and commercial and land development loan portfolios.

The provision for loan losses has increased from $8,925,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $58,575,000 for the same period in 2011, an increase of $49,650,000. In 2010, the provision for loan losses increased $4,060,000 from that expensed in 2009, which totaled $4,865,000.

The increases that the Company has experienced in its provision for loan losses have partially resulted from the growth it has experienced in its loan portfolio. In addition, the increase in the provision for loan losses for the periods presented can be attributed to declining asset quality and higher charge-offs during this time period. Increases in non-performing assets and charge-offs have been an industry wide trend both at the national and local levels.

See further discussion in the “Provision for Loan Losses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses, as well as the percent of each loan type in relation to the total loan balance, is as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      % of Loan
Type to
Total Loans
    Amount      % of Loan
Type to
Total Loans
    Amount      % of Loan
Type to
Total Loans
 

Commercial real estate:

               

Owner-occupied

   $ 3,063         21   $ 1,852         18   $ 1,660         18

Non-owner occupied

     8,579         14     3,034         15     932         14

Multi-family

     2,222         3     438         3     15         3

Acquisition and development:

               

1-4 family residential construction

     1,404         1     314         3     364         2

Commercial and land development

     8,304         8     1,453         9     2,339         10

Commercial and industrial

     17,569         29     6,795         27     2,518         28

Residential mortgage:

               

First lien

     317         11     1,033         12     1,234         11

Home equity

     616         12     830         12     647         13

Installment and other loans

     75         1     106         1     96         1

Unallocated

     1,566           165           1,262      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,715         100   $ 16,020         100   $ 11,067         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents
     2008     2007  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      % of Loan
Type to
Total Loans
    Amount      % of Loan
Type to
Total Loans
 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 319         10   $ 1,227         8

Real estate—Commercial

     2,393         30     1,990         35

Real estate—Construction

     598         16     45         13

Real estate—Mortgage

     2,567         43     2,115         43

Consumer

     265         1     30         1

Unallocated

     998         0     734         0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,140         100   $ 6,141         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes the ending loan balance individually or collectively evaluated for impairment based upon loan type, as well as the allowance for loan loss allocation for each at December 31.

 

     Commercial
Real Estate
     Acquisition
and
Development
     Commercial
and Industrial
     Residential
Mortgage
     Installment
and Other
     Unallocated      Total  
(Dollars in thousands)                                                 

December 31, 2011

                    

Loans allocated by:

                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 33,457       $ 21,246       $ 53,134       $ 1,918       $ 0       $ 0       $ 109,755   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     334,553         63,416         224,766         220,873         12,077         0         855,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 368,010       $ 84,662       $ 277,900       $ 222,791       $ 12,077       $ 0       $ 965,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 9,851       $ 5,295       $ 14,591       $ 51       $ 0       $ 0       $ 29,788   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     4,013         4,413         2,978         882         75         1,566         13,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,864       $ 9,708       $ 17,569       $ 933       $ 75       $ 1,566       $ 43,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                    

Loans allocated by:

                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,840       $ 0       $ 10.718       $ 1,181       $ 0       $ 0       $ 14,739   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     337,181         117,402         253.225         230,634         11,112         0         949,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 340,021       $ 117,402       $ 263,943       $ 231,815       $ 11,112       $ 0       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

                    

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,251       $ 0       $ 3,232       $ 20       $ 0       $ 0       $ 4,503   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     4,073         1,767         3,563         1,843         106         165         11,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,324       $ 1,767       $ 6,795       $ 1,863       $ 106       $ 165       $ 16,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses allocations presented above represent the reserve allocations on loan balances outstanding at December 31. In addition to the reserve allocations on impaired loans noted above, approximately 36 loans, with outstanding general ledger principal balances of $21,707,000, have had partial charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses recorded during the year totaling $12,784,000. As updated appraisals were received on collateral dependent loans, partial charge-offs were taken to the extent the loans’ principal balance exceeded its fair value.

Management believes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses between the various loan segments adequately reflects the inherent risk in each portfolio, and is based on the methodology previously discussed. As previously noted, in 2011 and 2010 management re-evaluated and made certain modifications to its methodology in establishing a reserve to better account for risks inherent in the different segments of the portfolio, particularly in light of increased charge-offs, with noticeable differences between the different loan segments. Management believes these periodic enhancements to the allowance for loan losses methodology improves the accuracy of quantifying losses presently inherent in the portfolio, and does not impact the trends or comparability of the periods presented above. Management charges actual loan losses to the reserve and bases the provision for loan losses on the overall analysis taking the methodology into account.

The largest component of the reserve for the last two years has been allocated to the commercial and industrial portfolio. This reflects the inherent greater risk associated with this portfolio, as evidenced by the greater amounts of net charge-offs within the portfolio. Further, as noted in the Risk Elements discussion, the amount of commercial and industrial loans on nonaccrual status has increased from $10,625,000 at December 31, 2010 to $29,848,000 at December 31, 2011, and the amount of classified commercial and industrial loans increased from $25,770,000 at December 31, 2010 to $67,366,000 at December 31, 2011.

A second reserve allocation with a large increase during 2011 was in the commercial and land development segment, which increased from $1,453,000 at December 31, 2010 to $8,304,000 at December 31, 2011, for an increase of $6,851,000. The increase in this segment is reflective of continuing softening of real estate, which has led to slower absorption rates of projects, lower sale prices, or projects being temporarily suspended until the market demonstrates signs of recovery. This resulted in an increase in delinquencies, loans classified, and charge-offs during the year. Current real estate conditions have led to an increase in commercial acquisition and land development loans in nonaccrual status, to a total of $18,003,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $93,000 at December 31, 2010. To a lesser extent, real estate conditions impacted the reserve allocation on the 1-4 family residential construction loans, which increased from $314,000 at December 31, 2010 to $1,404,000 at December 31, 2011.

The non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan segment experienced an increase in its nonaccrual loans from $2,064,000 at December 31, 2010 to $18,146,000 at December 31, 2011. The increase in nonaccrual loans combined with the higher charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding, resulted in an increase in the reserve allocation on this portfolio of $5,545,000, from $3,034,000 at December 31, 2010 to $8,579,000 at December 31, 2011.

As a result of declines in charge-offs in the residential and installment consumer loan portfolios, the allowance for loan losses allocated to these portfolios declined approximately $961,000 from $1,969,000 at December 31, 2010 to $1,008,000 at December 31, 2011.

The unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses reflects estimated inherent losses within the portfolio that have not been detected. This reserve results due to risk of error in the specific and general reserve allocation, other potential exposure in the loan portfolio, variances in management’s assessment of national and local economic conditions and other factors management believes appropriate at the time. The unallocated portion of the allowance has increased in 2011 from $165,000 at December 31, 2010 to $1,566,000 at December 31, 2011. Despite the increase, the unallocated portion of the reserve represents 3.6% of the entire amount, compared to 1% at December 31, 2010.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

While management believes the Company’s allowance for loan losses is adequate based on information currently available, future adjustments to the reserve and enhancements to the methodology may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions, regulatory guidance, or management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies or loss rates.

Deposit Products

On an average daily basis, total deposits in 2011 grew 16.0% or $171,789,000 over 2010, which continued the trend from 2010, in which average daily balance increased 20.9%. Each category of time deposits experienced growth on an average daily basis in 2011 compared to 2010. The two categories that experienced the most significant growth were interest-bearing demand deposits, which grew $86,319,000, or 21.6%, and time deposits, which grew by $64,653,000, or 12.7% on an average daily balance basis. Given current economic times and market conditions, it has been noted that consumers are saving more. This fact combined with our strong capital position, strong focus on our customer needs and service, and competitive pricing has allowed the Company to attract more demand deposits, including checking and money market products. In the last half of 2011, the Company has experienced growth in its interest-bearing demand deposits, as state and municipal subdivisions that had previously elected to be in the Company’s repurchase agreement product, migrated to an interest-bearing demand deposit, secured by investment securities.

The Company has maintained a favorable IDC Financial Publishing, Inc. (IDC) rating, an independent bank safety rating which uses unique rankings of financial ratios to determine the quality ratings of financial institutions, allowing it to attract larger types of deposits, including time deposits, those in excess of $100,000, and brokered deposits. As noted above, the Bank’s IDC rating has led to an opportunity to obtain this relatively cheap funding source. The Company recognizes that brokered funds result in greater volatility as a funding source, but given the current interest rate environment and the steepness of the interest rate curve, elected to use these funds and earn a spread on them to increase net interest as previously discussed. Given the increased volatility in brokered deposits, the Company invested a large portion of these amounts in mortgage backed securities, which provide a steady stream of cash flows and are used to meet the maturity needs of time deposits and brokered deposits. This strategy was utilized, and towards the end of 2010 and the first half of 2011, the Company had built up its brokered deposit balances, and used the funds for loan growth, or mortgage-backed securities. The average balance of brokered time deposits increased from $90,696,000 for the year ended 2010 to $116,537,000 in 2011, and are included in time deposits above.

Management continually evaluates its utilization of brokered deposits, and considers the interest rate curve and regulatory views on non-core funding sources. Beginning in the third quarter of 2011, the Company began to allow its brokered time deposits to run off, without replacement, resulting in a decline in the balance since December 31, 2010. Brokered time deposits of $85,976,000 at December 31, 2011 declined 34.6% from the December 31, 2010 balance of $131,446,000. Brokered and other time deposit balances will be less emphasized in the future given the uncertainty of the regulators views on this non-core funding source. Despite the increase in year-over-year deposits from $1,188,377,000 at December 31, 2010 to $1,216,902,000 at December 31, 2011, or a 2.4% increase, it is less than the increase in the average balance for the year, as these brokered and other time deposits were allowed to run off in the latter half of the year.

The average amounts of deposits are summarized below for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009  

Demand deposits

   $ 113,157       $ 99,636       $ 89,797   

Interest bearing demand deposits

     486,793         400,474         307,968   

Savings deposits

     71,059         63,763         60,494   

Time deposits

     574,079         509,426         364,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,245,088       $ 1,073,299       $ 822,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

The following is a breakdown of maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Total  

Three months or less

   $ 116,504   

Over three months through six months

     52,918   

Over six months through one year

     37,966   

Over one year

     25,209   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232,597   
  

 

 

 

Short Term Borrowings

In addition to deposit products, the Company also uses short term borrowings as a funding source. The largest component of short-term borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase with deposit customers, in which the customer sweeps a portion of its deposit balance into a repurchase agreement, which is a secured borrowing as a pool of securities are pledged against the balances.

Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of and for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at year end

   $ 15,013      $ 87,850      $ 64,614   

Average balance during the year

     60,737        74,824        59,904   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.52     0.59     0.57

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     98,906        124,869        74,293   

Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:

      

Carrying value

     76,006        150,966        74,816   

Estimated fair value

     77,485        151,767        74,877   

Additional short-term borrowing sources include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, federal funds purchased, and to a lesser extent, the Federal Reserve discount window and the Federal Reserve’s Term Auction Facility (“TAF”), which the Company participated in for portions of 2009 and early 2010.

Information concerning the use of these other short term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at year end

   $ 20,000      $ 0      $ 33,300   

Average balance during the year

     2,534        17,048        23,418   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.24     0.43     0.36

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     20,000        65,300        43,470   

Long-Term Debt

The Company also utilizes long term debt, consisting principally of Federal Home Loan Bank fixed and amortizing advances to fund its loan and security portfolios. As of December 31, 2011, long-term debt totaled $53,798,000, which was $11,380,000 less than 2010’s year-end balance of $65,178,000. The net decrease in long term debt was the result of paydowns of $41,380,000 during the year exceeding proceeds from long-term debt of $30,000,000, all of which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011. During the year, the Company’s reliance on long-term debt diminished due primarily to growth in deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average daily balance of long term debt was $42,308,000, which was significantly less than December 31, 2010’s balance of $51,886,000, and also represented the highest borrowing total outstanding during the year.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters

The management of capital in a regulated financial services industry must properly balance return on equity to its stockholders while maintaining sufficient levels of capital and related risk-based regulatory capital ratios to satisfy statutory regulatory requirements. The Company’s capital management strategies have been developed to provide attractive rates of returns to its shareholders, while maintaining a “well capitalized” position of regulatory strength.

Total shareholders’ equity decreased $32,287,000 from $160,484,000 at December 31, 2010 to $128,197,000 at December 31, 2011. Historically, earnings retention, defined as net income less dividends declared, has served as a primary source of capital to the Company and has been accomplished with a dividend payout ratio of less than 45% over the period of 2007 – 2010. In 2011 however, the net loss of $31,964,000 for the year combined with cash dividends paid of $5,521,000 were the primary reasons for the decline in shareholders’ equity, partially offset by an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income of $4,177,000 and stock issued through stock incentive and dividend reinvestment plans of $1,021,000.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to financial holding companies.

In the determination of Tier 1 and Total risk based capital, generally accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is excluded from capital, as are intangible assets, a portion of mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that is dependent on future taxable income greater than one year from the reporting date. As of December 31, 2011 $1,441,000 of the Company’s deferred tax asset has been disallowed for Tier 1 or Total risk based capital. In light of the Company’s 2011 operating performance, which has resulted in a significant increase in the net deferred tax asset and reduction in taxable income, the Company anticipates that in 2012 a higher portion of the deferred tax asset will be disallowed for Tier 1 and Total Capital risk based capital purposes, as the taxable income in the two year carry back period will be reduced. To the extent the deferred tax asset must be deducted from regulatory capital, it will result in lower regulatory capital ratios.

The allowance for credit losses, including the allowance for loan losses and reserve for off-balance sheet credit commitments, is included as Tier 2 capital to the extent it does not exceeds 1.25% of risk weighted assets. The amount that exceeds 1.25% of risk weighted assets, is disallowed as Tier 2 capital, but also reduces the Company’s risk weighted assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $31,174,000 and $3,093,000 of the allowance for credit losses was excluded from Tier 2 capital.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank was considered as well capitalized under applicable banking regulations. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio       Amount          Ratio    

December 31, 2011

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 134,621         13.0   $ 83,090         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     127,529         12.3     82,899         8.0   $ 103,624         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     121,249         11.7     41,390         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     114,187         11.0     41,294         4.0     62,175         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     121,249         8.2     58,851         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     114,187         7.8     58,899         4.0     73,352         5.0

December 31, 2010

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 152,550         14.8   $ 82,486         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     129,844         12.7     81,808         8.0   $ 102,260         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     139,623         13.5     41,243         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     117,027         11.4     40,904         4.0     61,356         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     139,623         9.4     59,385         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     117,027         8.0     58,629         4.0     73,287         5.0

In 2009, the Federal Reserve Board notified all bank holding companies that dividends should be eliminated, deferred or reduced if the bank holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends paid, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; the bank holding company’s prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital need and overall current and prospective financial conditions, or the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend, which was the result of regulatory guidance from the Federal Reserve indicating that the Company’s dividend application would not be approved. The Company does not anticipate being permitted to declare a cash dividend in the near future. Accordingly, there can be no assurances as to whether, or in what amounts, cash dividends will be declared in the future or, if declared, whether they will continue or be suspended or discontinued.

Additional relevant financial information pertaining to shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Average shareholders’ equity

   $ 157,200      $ 147,731      $ 107,138   

Net income (loss)

     (31,964     16,581        13,373   

Cash dividends paid

     5,521        6,758        5,636   

Equity to asset ratio

     8.87     10.76     9.55

Dividend payout ratio

     (24.13 )%      40.83     42.11

Return on average equity

     (20.33 )%      11.22     12.48

Return on average tangible equity

     (9.17 )%      13.19     15.73

 

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

Liquidity, Rate Sensitivity and Interest Rate Risk Analysis

The primary function of asset/liability management is to assure adequate liquidity and sensitivity to changing interest rates. Liquidity management involves the ability to meet the cash flow requirements of customers who may be either depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities and sales of investment securities and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management policy.

At December 31, 2011, we had $231,287,000 in loan commitments outstanding, which included $33,809,000 in undisbursed loans, $80,197,000 in unused home equity lines of credit and $91,530,000 in commercial lines of credit, and $25,571,000 in standby letters of credit. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2011 totaled $339,961,000, or 71% of certificates of deposit. The large percentage of certificates of deposit that mature within one year reflects customers’ hesitancy to invest their funds for long periods in the current low interest rate environment. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and lines of credit. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2011. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and interest-bearing deposits. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents totaled $19,630,000 and interest bearing deposits with banks totaled $90,039,000. Securities classified as available-for-sale provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $310,365,000 at December 31, 2011. In addition, at December 31, 2011, we had the ability to borrow a total of approximately $352,795,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB), of which we had $73,798,000 in advances and $3,280,000 in letters of credit. On that date, we had no overnight advances outstanding. The Company’s ability to borrow from the FHLB is dependent on having sufficient qualifying collateral, generally consisting of mortgage loans. The FHLB may require the Company to deliver its collateral to them, in the event asset quality continues to deteriorate and the Company’s earnings performance does not improve.

The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, the Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its shareholders. The Company also has repurchased shares of its common stock. The Company’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. For restrictions on the Bank’s ability to dividend funds to the Company, see Note 15, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.

Interest rate sensitivity management requires the maintenance of an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Interest bearing assets and liabilities that are maturing or repricing should be adequately balanced to avoid fluctuating net interest margins and to enhance consistent growth of net interest income through periods of changing interest rates.

The Company has consistently followed a strategy of pricing assets and liabilities according to prevailing market rates while largely matching maturities, within the guidelines of sound marketing and competitive

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

practices. The goal is to maintain a predominantly matched position with very few planned mismatches. Rate spreads will be sacrificed at times in order to enable the overall rate sensitivity position to stay within the guidelines called for by asset/liability management policy. Rate sensitivity is measured by monthly gap analyses, quarterly rate shocks, and periodic simulation. Investment and pricing decisions are made using both liquidity and sensitivity analyses as tools.

Contractual Obligations

The Company enters into contractual obligations in its normal course of business to fund loan growth, for asset/liability management purposes, to meet required capital needs and for other corporate purposes. The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations of principal by payment date as of December 31, 2011. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under Item 8.

 

      Note
Reference
     Payments Due      Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3 years      3 - 5 years      More than
5 years
    

Time deposits

     11       $ 339,961       $ 96,982       $ 35,278       $ 8,048       $ 480,269   

Short-term borrowings

     12         35,013         0         0         0         35,013   

Long-term debt

     13         16,328         32,659         649         4,162         53,798   

Operating lease obligations

     6         248         340         227         329         1,144   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 391,550       $ 129,981       $ 36,154       $ 12,539       $ 570,224   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and to a lesser extent, letters of credit.

A schedule of significant commitments at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Contract or Notional
Amount
 

Commitments to fund:

  

Revolving, open ended home equity loans

   $ 80,197   

1-4 family residential construction loans

     2,021   

Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans

     31,788   

Commercial, industrial and other loans

     91,530   

Standby letters of credit

     25,751   

Further discussion of these commitments to extend credit is included in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under Item 8. Because these commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and many will expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment does not necessarily represent future cash requirements, and are therefore excluded from the contractual obligations discussed above.

New Financial Accounting Standards

Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 discusses the expected impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations for recently issued or proposed accounting standards that have not been adopted as of December 31, 2011. To the extent we anticipate significant impact to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, appropriate discussion is included in the disclosure.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is defined as the exposure to interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other relevant market rate or price risks. For domestic banks, the majority of market risk is related to interest rate risk.

Interest rate sensitivity management requires the maintenance of an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Interest bearing assets and liabilities that are maturing or repricing should be adequately balanced to avoid fluctuating net interest margins and to enhance consistent growth of net interest income through periods of changing interest rates. The Company has consistently followed a strategy of pricing assets and liabilities according to prevailing market rates while largely matching maturities, within the guidelines of sound marketing and competitive practices. Interest-earning assets are substantially made up of loans and securities. Loans are priced by management with current market rates as guidelines while achieving a positive interest rate spread and limiting credit risk. A significant part of the loan portfolio is made up of variable rate loans and loans that will become variable after a fixed term and will reprice as market rates move. Securities are purchased using liquidity and maturity terms as guidelines to obtain a more matched position. The deposit base is a mix of transaction accounts and time deposits. Many of the interest bearing transaction accounts have discretionary pricing so great flexibility exists for deposit side price adjustments. Time deposits have set maturities as do short term and long term borrowings. Although deposit product cycles and growth are driven by the preferences of our customers, borrowings are structured with specific terms that, when aggregated with the terms for deposits and matched with interest-earning assets, mitigate our exposure to interest rate sensitivity. Rate sensitivity is measured by monthly gap analysis, quarterly rate shocks, and periodic simulation.

The schedule that follows reflects the degree to which the Company can adjust its various portfolios to meet interest rate changes. Additionally, the Bank is a Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) member, and standard credit arrangements available to FHLB members provide increased liquidity. The following outlines the Company’s rate sensitivity at December 31, 2011, and cumulative gap positions and ratios.

 

     Interest Sensitivity Period  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Within 3
Months
    After 3
Within 6
Months
    After 6
Within 12
Months
    After
1 Year
    Total  
          
          

Rate Sensitive Assets (RSA)

          

Loans

   $ 431,699      $ 26,670      $ 50,486      $ 459,138      $ 967,993   

Investment securities

     20,099        17,224        28,081        256,719        322,123   

Other earning assets

     84,026        3,013        3,000        0        90,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RSA

     535,824        46,907        81,567        715,857        1,380,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rate Sensitive Liabilities (RSL)

          

Interest bearing deposits

     318,889        85,320        92,837        607,926        1,104,972   

Short term borrowings

     15,013        10,000        10,000        0        35,013   

Long-term debt

     5,325        10,330        672        37,471        53,798   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RSL

     339,227        105,650        103,509        645,397        1,193,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rate Sensitive GAP

          

Period

     196,597        (58,743     (21,942     70,460        186,372   

Cumulative

     196,597        137,854        115,912        186,372     

GAP as a Percent of Total Assets

          

Period

     13.53     (4.04 )%      (1.51 )%      4.85  

Cumulative

     13.53     9.49     7.98     12.83  

RSA/RSL cumulative

     1.58        1.31        1.21        1.16     

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

The following gap summary demonstrates the shift in risk sensitive assets to risk sensitive liabilities (RSA/RSL) cumulative position since December 31, 2010:

 

     Within 3
Months
     Within 6
Months
     Within 12
Months
     Within 36
Months
 

December 31, 2010

     1.08         0.97         0.90         1.05   

March 31, 2011

     1.19         1.02         0.95         1.08   

June 30, 2011

     1.13         1.03         0.91         1.16   

September 30, 2011

     1.48         1.29         1.09         1.33   

December 31, 2011

     1.58         1.31         1.21         1.39   

At December 31, 2011, the twelve month cumulative gap was a positive $115,912 and the RSA/ RSL cumulative ratio was 1.21 which has increased from a negative position, or 0.90, since December 31, 2010. The Company has been able to significantly reduce its liability sensitivity position throughout 2011, and is now positioned as asset sensitive for each time period. The Company has been able to become more asset sensitive partially through the sale of its $30,000,000 notional amount in interest rate swaps. These swaps converted variable rate earnings to fixed, and the settlement was done in an effort to increase our asset sensitivity in the event of rising rates. In addition, the Company has maintained its liquidity in interest bearing deposits in banks, included in the other category. Given the low interest rate environment, management feels that rates are more likely to rise than fall, and is the reason the Company has allowed its cumulative RSA/RSL ratio to increase during 2011, and is asset sensitive. Many of the interest bearing deposits that are variable rate are subject to discretionary pricing so management retains flexibility with those funds which will enhance earnings in a rising rate environment. The majority of the loan portfolio is tied to prime, but the use of three to seven year rate locks as well as placing rate floors on any new loans helps to maintain the yield in a falling rate environment.

Further discussion related to the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included under the heading of Liquidity, Rate Sensitivity and Interest Rate Risk Analysis in Item 7 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management will closely monitor the fiscal policies of our government and will react to any changes quickly in order to maintain a healthy earning asset / interest bearing liability balance.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

     2011     2010  
     Quarter Ended     Quarter Ended  

(Dollars in thousands)

   December     September     June     March     December     September     June     March  

Interest income

   $ 14,008      $ 15,491      $ 15,537      $ 15,325      $ 15,324      $ 14,780      $ 14,536      $ 13,783   

Interest expense

     (2,424     (2,666     (2,727     (2,937     (3,054     (3,112     (3,236     (3,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     11,584        12,825        12,810        12,388        12,270        11,668        11,300        10,497   

Provision for loan losses

     (26,250     (7,900     (21,230     (3,195     (1,375     (1,130     (5,000     (1,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     (14,666     4,925        (8,420     9,193        10,895        10,538        6,300        9,077   

Securities gains

     3,025        2,351        469        379        383        1,074        1,781        398   

Other income

     4,354        6,600        4,740        4,702        5,153        5,133        5,701        3,953   

Other expense

     (30,486     (10,827     (9,722     (9,444     (10,450     (9,703     (8,518     (8,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (37,773     3,049        (12,933     4,830        5,981        7,042        5,264        4,764   

Applicable (income taxes) benefit

     8,292        1,265        2,310        (1,004     (1,606     (2,146     (1,360     (1,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (29,481   $ 4,314      $ (10,623   $ 3,826      $ 4,375      $ 4,896      $ 3,904      $ 3,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Common Share Data

                

Net income (loss)

   $ (3.66   $ 0.54      $ (1.33   $ 0.48      $ 0.55      $ 0.61      $ 0.49      $ 0.52   

Diluted net income (loss)

     (3.66     0.54        (1.33     0.48        0.55        0.61        0.49        0.52   

Dividends

     0.00        0.23        0.23        0.23        0.225        0.225        0.22        0.22   

Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

     Page  

Management’s Report on Internal Controls

     74   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     75-76   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     77   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     78   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     79   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     80-81   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     82   

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary has the responsibility for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures over financial reporting. Management maintains a comprehensive system of internal control to provide reasonable assurance of the proper authorization of transactions, the safeguarding of assets and the reliability of the financial records. The system of internal control provides for appropriate division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that are communicated to employees. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary maintains an internal auditing program, under the supervision of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which independently assesses the effectiveness of the system of internal control and recommends possible improvements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, using the Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over the process to prepare and report information related to loan ratings and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. This control deficiency results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the annual or interim Consolidated Financial Statements will not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that this condition constitutes a material weakness. Because of this material weakness, we have concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the criteria in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s Internal Control over Financial Reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm, Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC, as stated in their report which expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, and appears on page 75.

 

/S/    THOMAS R. QUINN, JR.                /S/    BRADLEY S. EVERLY        
Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.     Bradley S. Everly
President and Chief Executive Officer     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 14, 2012

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

We have audited Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“the Company”)’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. The Company did not have a timely and effective process to prepare and report information related to loan ratings and the allowance for loan losses

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

allocations. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2011 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 14, 2012 on those financial statements.

In our opinion, because of the effects of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

   /S/    Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an adverse opinion.

 

   /S/    Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   2011     2010  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 19,630      $ 10,400   

Federal funds sold

     0        8,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     19,630        19,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short term investments

     0        2,728   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     90,039        925   

Restricted investments in bank stock

     11,758        8,798   

Securities available for sale

     310,365        431,772   

Loans held for sale

     2,553        2,693   

Loans

     965,440        964,293   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (43,715     (16,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loans

     924,278        950,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

     27,183        27,774   

Cash surrender value of life insurance

     24,147        22,649   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     1,041        20,698   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,548        5,715   

Other assets

     31,108        20,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,444,097      $ 1,511,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 111,930      $ 104,646   

Interest bearing

     1,104,972        1,083,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,216,902        1,188,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     35,013        87,850   

Long-term debt

     53,798        65,178   

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     10,187        9,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,315,900        1,351,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred Stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     0        0   

Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share 50,000,000 shares authorized; 8,055,787 and 7,986,966 shares issued; 8,054,975 and 7,985,667 shares outstanding

     419        416   

Additional paid—in capital

     122,514        121,508   

Retained earnings

     1,195        38,680   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     4,089        (88

Treasury stock—common, 812 and 1,299 shares, at cost

     (20     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     128,197        160,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,444,097      $ 1,511,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   2011     2010      2009  

Interest and dividend income

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 48,917      $ 48,494       $ 47,569   

Interest and dividends on investment securities

       

Taxable

     8,334        7,744         4,260   

Tax-exempt

     2,972        2,069         1,172   

Short term investments

     138        116         69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     60,361        58,423         53,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

       

Interest on deposits

     9,368        10,682         12,481   

Interest on short-term borrowings

     314        487         435   

Interest on long-term debt

     1,072        1,519         3,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     10,754        12,688         16,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     49,607        45,735         36,570   

Provision for loan losses

     58,575        8,925         4,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     (8,968     36,810         31,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income

       

Service charges on deposit accounts

     6,411        6,388         5,846   

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     1,313        2,272         1,790   

Trust department income

     4,216        3,606         2,645   

Brokerage income

     1,573        1,450         1,327   

Mortgage banking revenues

     3,007        2,290         1,907   

Earnings on life insurance

     1,110        1,192         745   

Merchant processing revenues

     1,850        1,118         1,059   

Other income

     916        1,024         230   

Investment securities gains

     6,224        3,636         1,661   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     26,620        22,976         17,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expense

       

Salaries and employee benefits

     17,506        19,120         16,037   

Occupancy expense

     1,987        2,002         2,013   

Furniture and equipment

     2,705        2,742         2,637   

Data processing

     1,161        1,278         1,077   

Telephone

     662        730         731   

Advertising and bank promotions

     1,246        1,209         1,111   

FDIC Insurance

     2,417        1,798         1,278   

Professional services

     3,531        856         668   

Collection and problem loan

     1,167        450         159   

Real estate owned expenses

     681        232         99   

Taxes other than income

     841        764         555   

Goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization

     19,657        240         252   

Other operating expenses

     6,918        5,314         4,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     60,479        36,735         31,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense (benefit)

     (42,827     23,051         17,423   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (10,863     6,470         4,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581       $ 13,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share information:

       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.98   $ 2.18       $ 2.09   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (3.98     2.17         2.07   

Dividends per share

     0.69        0.89         0.88   

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance, January 1, 2009

   $ 336       $ 82,555      $ 21,120      $ 1,369      $ (2,033   $ 103,347   
             

 

 

 

Net income

     0         0        13,373        0        0        13,373   

Net unrealized losses on derivatives

     0         0        0        (833     0        (833

Net unrealized losses on securities

     0         0        0        (1,037     0        (1,037
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                11,503   
             

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.88 per share)

     0         0        (5,636     0        0        (5,636

Stock-based compensation plans:

             

Compensation expense

     0         117        0        0        0        117   

Issuance of stock (14,385 shares)

     1         295        0        0        0        296   

Purchase of treasury stock (5,883 shares)

     0         0        0        0        (71     (71

Issuance of treasury stock (49,027 shares)

     0         (72     0        0        1,402        1,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

     337         82,895        28,857        (501     (702     110,886   
             

 

 

 

Net income

     0         0        16,581        0        0        16,581   

Net unrealized gains on derivatives

     0         0        0        599        0        599   

Net unrealized losses on securities

     0         0        0        (186     0        (186
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                16,994   
             

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.89 per share)

     0         0        (6,758     0        0        (6,758

Stock-based compensation plans:

             

Compensation expense

     0         388        0        0        0        388   

Issuance of stock (7,900 shares)

     0         150        0        0        0        150   

Issuance of stock through DRIP (28,077 shares)

     2         666        0        0        0        668   

Purchase of treasury stock (10,184 shares)

     0         0        0        0        (221     (221

Issuance of treasury stock (35,198 shares)

     0         (99     0        0        891        792   

Issuance of common stock (1,481,481 shares)

     77         37,508        0        0        0        37,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     416         121,508        38,680        (88     (32     160,484   
             

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0         0        (31,964     0        0        (31,964

Net unrealized losses on derivatives

     0         0        0        (597     0        (597

Net unrealized gains on securities

     0         0        0        4,774        0        4,774   
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                (27,787
             

 

 

 

Cash dividends ($0.69 per share)

     0         0        (5,521     0        0        (5,521

Stock-based compensation plans:

             

Issuance of stock (44,252 shares)

     1         671        0        0        0        672   

Issuance of stock through DRIP (24,569 shares)

     2         354        0        0        0        356   

Purchase of treasury stock (2,232 shares)

     0         0        0        0        (54     (54

Issuance of treasury stock (2,719 shares)

     0         (19     0        0        66        47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 419       $ 122,514      $ 1,195      $ 4,089      $ (20   $ 128,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581      $ 13,373   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Amortization of premiums on securities available for sale

     5,414        4,151        1,128   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,778        2,924        2,627   

Impairment of goodwill

     19,447        0        0   

Provision for loan losses

     58,575        8,925        4,865   

Stock based compensation

     41        388        117   

Net change in loans held for sale

     140        (2,099     194   

Net (gain) loss on disposal of other real estate owned

     1        74        (9

Writedown of other real estate owned

     517        123        0   

Net (gain) loss on disposal of bank premises and equipment

     2        (75     24   

Deferred income taxes

     (15,136     (2,471     (916

Investment securities gains

     (6,224     (3,636     (1,661

Security impairment losses

     0        0        36   

Gains on sale of rate swap

     (791     (778     0   

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

     (1,110     (1,192     (745

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

     1,167        (1,110     (622

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable

     (146     13        (125

Other, net

     2,144        2,990        (5,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     34,855        24,808        12,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks and other short term investments

     (86,386     3,336        (6,580

Sales of available for sale securities

     158,564        210,687        76,444   

Maturities, repayments and calls of available for sale securities

     65,407        68,412        74,366   

Purchases of available for sale securities

     (94,410     (515,381     (227,393

Net purchases of restricted investments in bank stocks

     (2,960     (742     (343

Net increase in loans

     (34,461     (90,538     (62,862

Investment in limited partnerships

     (254     (1,953     (1,277

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

     (1,446     (610     (787

Proceeds from disposal of other real estate owned

     1,378        2,608        612   

Proceeds from disposal of bank premises and equipment

     0        373        0   

Proceeds from sale of rate swap

     911        868        0   

Purchases of bank owned life insurance

     (500     (1,730     (3,720

Redemption of cash surrender value upon death

     0        1,476        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     5,843        (323,194     (151,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Net increase in deposits

     28,490        273,174        157,768   

Net increase (decrease) in short term purchased funds

     (52,837     (10,064     33,907   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     30,000        29,800        27   

Payments on long-term debt

     (41,380     (29,480     (53,456

Dividends paid

     (5,521     (6,758     (5,636

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     987        38,403        296   

Purchase of treasury stock

     (54     (221     (71

Net proceeds from issuance of treasury stock

     47        792        1,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (40,268 )      295,646        134,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     430        (2,740     (4,864

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     19,200        21,940        26,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 19,630      $ 19,200      $ 21,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2009  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest

   $ 10,900       $ 12,675       $ 16,625   

Income Taxes

     3,700         9,400         4,375   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

        

Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans

     2,365         2,683         1,075   

Land for operating purposes transferred to other real estate

     619         0         0   

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations—Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is a financial holding company whose primary activity consists of supervising its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”). The Company operates through its office in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania. Orrstown Bank provides services through its network of offices in Franklin, Cumberland and Perry Counties of Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. The Bank engages in lending services for commercial loans, residential loans, commercial mortgages and various forms of consumer lending. Deposit services include checking, savings, time and money market deposits. The Bank also provides investment and brokerage services through its Orrstown Financial Advisors division. The Bank has twenty-one branches located in Shippensburg (2), Carlisle (5), Spring Run, Orrstown, Chambersburg (3), Mechanicsburg (2), Camp Hill, Greencastle, Newport (2), Duncannon, and New Bloomfield, Pennsylvania and Hagerstown, Maryland. The Company and its subsidiary are subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.

Basis of PresentationThe consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate; future additions to the allowances may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments concerning information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change in the near term.

Subsequent Events—GAAP establishes standards for accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The subsequent events principle sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition in the financial statements, identifies the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and the disclosures that should be made about events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date. In preparing these financial statements, the Company evaluated the events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2011, through the date these financial statements were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“the Commission”).

Concentration of Credit Risk—The Company grants agribusiness, commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers in its market area. Although the Company maintains a diversified loan portfolio, a significant portion of its customers’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic sectors for construction contractors, residential and non-residential building operators, sales finance, sub-dividers and developers.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Management evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if collateral is deemed necessary by the Company upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but generally includes real estate and equipment.

The types of securities the Company invests in are included in Note 3, “Securities Available for Sale” and the type of lending the Company engages in are included in Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restricted Investments in Bank Stocks—Restricted investment in bank stocks, which represents required investments in the common stock of correspondent banks, is carried at cost as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and consists of common stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Atlantic Central Bankers Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh stocks. In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh notified member banks that it was suspending dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock. In October 2010, the FHLB of Pittsburgh partially lifted its repurchase of capital suspension.

Management evaluates the restricted investment in bank stocks for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 942, Accounting by Certain Entities (Including Entities with Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of their cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the correspondent bank as compared to the capital stock amount for the correspondent bank and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the correspondent bank to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the correspondent bank, and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the correspondent bank.

Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the restricted investment in bank stocks as of December 31, 2011. However, security impairment analysis is completed quarterly and the determination that no impairment had occurred as of December 31, 2011 is no assurance that impairment may not occur in the future.

Interest-Bearing Deposits in BanksInterest bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Securities—Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. “Trading” securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company had no held to maturity or trading securities. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment (FASB ASC 320-10). This accounting guidance amended the recognition guidance for other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities and expanded the financial

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

statement disclosures for other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt and equity securities. The guidance replaced the “intent and ability” indication in prior guidance by specifying that (a) if a company does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (b) it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired unless there is a credit loss. When an entity does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than not, the entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment should be amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

The Company had no debt securities it deemed to be other than temporarily impaired for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Prior to the adoption of the accounting guidance on April 1, 2009, management considered, in determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists, (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

The Company’s securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market risk, currency and credit risks. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investments and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investments, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term would materially affect investment assets reported in the consolidated financial statements.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Loans Held for Sale—Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value (LOCM). Gains and losses on loan sales (sales proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in non-interest income.

Loans—The Company grants commercial, mortgage, and consumer loans to its customers located principally in south-central Pennsylvania and northern Maryland. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

For all classes of loans, the accrual of interest income on loans, including impaired loans, ceases when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more or immediately if, in the opinion of management, full collection is unlikely. Interest will continue to accrue on loans past due 90 days or more if the collateral is adequate to cover principal and interest, and the loan is in the process of collection. Interest accrued, but not collected, as of the date of placement on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against current interest income, unless fully collateralized. Subsequent payment received are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

interest income, depending upon management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status, for all loan classes, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the note for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan.

Loan terms which are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if a concession was granted, for legal or economic reasons, related to a debtor’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring typically involve a temporary deferral of scheduled loan payments, an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date, temporary reduction in interest rates, or granting of an interest rate below market rates given the risk of the transaction. If a modification occurs while the loan is on accruing status, it will continue to accrue interest under the modified terms. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if scheduled principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six months after modification, and the borrower continues to demonstrate its ability to meet the modified terms. Troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment if they have been restructured during the most recent calendar year, or if they are not performing according to their modified terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses—The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

See Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses,” for additional details.

Loans Serviced—The Bank administers secondary market mortgage programs available through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and the Federal National Mortgage Association and offers residential mortgage products and services to customers. The Bank originates single-family residential mortgage loans for immediate sale in the secondary market, and retains the servicing of those loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the balance of loans serviced for others was $299,998,000 and $240,696,000.

Transfers of Financial Assets—Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Premises and Equipment—Buildings, improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation and amortization has been provided generally on the straight-line method and is computed over the estimated useful lives of the various assets as follows: buildings and improvements—10 to 40 years; equipment, furniture and fixtures—3 to 15 years; and computer software—3 years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, while major additions and improvements are capitalized. Gain or loss on retirement or disposal of individual assets is recorded as income or expense in the period of retirement or disposal.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment testing at least annually, which the Company performs as of October 31 of each year, or at an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate the potential for the impairment of goodwill.

Goodwill is tested using a two-step process. First, an estimate of the fair value of the Company, its only reporting unit, is determined, based upon observable market transactions of similar companies and future discounted cash flows. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, which includes goodwill, no impairment exists and the second step of the testing is not required. However, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an indicator of goodwill impairment exists and the second step is performed to determine if the goodwill, or a portion of the goodwill, is impaired. In the second step, the Company determines the implied value of goodwill by simulating purchase accounting in a business combination. This step results in deducting the estimated fair value of the net assets of the Company from the estimated fair value of the Company as determined in step 1, to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill of the Company, it is concluded that goodwill is not impaired. However, if the implied value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied value. The charge is recorded as noninterest expense in the statement of operations, with a corresponding reduction to the carrying value of goodwill in the balance sheet.

In performing its goodwill impairment evaluation, the Company makes significant judgments, particularly with respect to estimating the fair value of the Company, and in the second step, if required, estimating the fair value of the net assets. Third-party specialists assist with the valuation techniques, utilizing historical financial data, cash flows, and trends in market and industry conditions, including transaction multiples, required rates of returns, control premiums, transaction costs and capitalization.

Intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. The Company’s intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized, on a straight line basis, over their estimated lives, generally 10 years for deposit premiums and 15 years for customer lists.

Mortgage Servicing Rights—The estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) related to loans sold and serviced by the Company is recorded as an asset upon the sale of such loan. MSRs are amortized as a reduction to servicing income over the estimated lives of the underlying loans. MSRs are evaluated periodically for impairment, by comparing the carrying amount to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined periodically through a discounted cash flows valuation performed by a third party. Significant inputs to the valuation include expected servicing income, net of expense, the discount rate and the expected life of the underlying loans. To the extent the amortized cost of the MSRs exceeds their estimated fair values; a valuation allowance is established for such impairment through a charge against servicing income on the consolidated statement of income. If the Company determines, based on subsequent valuations, that impairment no longer exists or is reduced, the valuation allowance is reduced through a credit to earnings.

Foreclosed Real Estate—Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell the underlying collateral. Capitalized costs include accrued interest and any costs that significantly improve the value of the properties. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Foreclosed real estate totaled $2,165,000 and $1,112,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and is included in other assets.

Investments in Real Estate Partnerships—The Company currently has a 99% limited partner interest in several real estate partnerships in central Pennsylvania. These investments are affordable housing projects which entitle the Company to tax deductions and credits that expire through 2021. The Company accounts for its

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

investments in affordable housing projects under the equity method of accounting, and recognizes tax credits when they become available. The recorded investment in these real estate partnerships totaled $4,490,000 and $4,665,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and are included in other assets in the balance sheet. Losses of $429,000, $481,000 and $315,000 were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized federal tax credits from the projects totaling $490,000, $394,000 and $301,000.

Advertising—The Company follows the policy of charging costs of advertising to expense as incurred. Advertising expense was $374,000, $456,000 and $541,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Stock Compensation Plans—The Company has stock option plans; that cover employees and non-employee directors. Stock compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the stock award, including a Black-Scholes model for stock options. Compensation cost for all stock awards are calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for Income Taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

Treasury Stock—Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.

Earnings Per Share—Basic earnings per share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options. Beginning in 2010, potential common shares that may be issued by the Company were determined using the treasury stock method for all periods presented. On prior annual financial statements, all outstanding stock options were considered fully dilutive by the Company in calculating diluted earnings per share.

Treasury shares are not deemed outstanding for earnings per share calculations.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income—Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains on securities available for sale, and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 20. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Segment Reporting—The Company only operates in one significant segment—Community Banking. The Company’s non-banking activities are insignificant to the consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications—Certain amounts in the 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 820-10 to clarify existing disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The new disclosure guidance significantly expanded the existing requirements leading to greater transparency into the Company’s exposure to credit losses from lending arrangements. The extensive new disclosures of information as of the end of a reporting period was effective for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and has been presented in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Specific disclosures regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the ASU, such as the allowance roll forward and modification disclosures was required to be adopted for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010, and are also incorporated in Note 3.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. ASU 2010-28 affects all entities that have recognized goodwill and have one or more reporting units whose carrying amount for purposes of performing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test is zero or negative. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 so that for those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with existing guidance, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. This guidance was effective for the Company for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption of ASU 2010-28 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-2, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This guidance clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings and is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, both for the purpose of recording an

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

impairment charge and for disclosure of troubled debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude, under the guidance clarified by ASU 2011-2, that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. As allowed by the guidance, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-2 in the quarter ending June 30, 2011. See further discussion in Note 3—Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 allows companies to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that goodwill might be impaired whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance, but does not expect the adoption will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, which defers certain provisions of ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. One of ASU 2011-05’s provisions requires entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented (for both interim and annual financial statements). Accordingly, this requirement is indefinitely deferred by ASU 2011-12 and will be further deliberated by the FASB at a future date. ASUs 2011-05 and 2011-12 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the financial statements. The Company has not yet decided which statement format it will adopt.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The ASU requires new disclosures regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new disclosures are designed to make GAAP financial statements more comparable to those prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards. The new disclosures entail presenting information about both gross and net exposures. The new disclosure requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods therein; retrospective application is required. The Company has not yet completed its evaluation of this ASU; however, since the provisions of ASU 2011-11 are disclosure-related, the Company’s adoption of this ASU is not expected to have an impact to its financial condition or results of operations.

 

NOTE 2. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

The Company maintains deposit balances at two correspondent banks which provide check collection and item processing services for the Company. The average balances that are to be maintained either on hand or with the correspondent banks amounted to $1,170,000 and $814,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The balances with these correspondent banks, at times, exceed federally insured limits; however management considers this to be a normal business risk.

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 3. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities classified as available for sale, resulting in investment securities being carried at fair value. The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31 were:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2011

           

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 41,563       $ 2,081       $ 22       $ 43,622   

States and political subdivisions

     75,232         2,852         33         78,051   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     186,018         1,783         217         187,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     302,813         6,716         272         309,257   

Equity securities

     1,260         41         193         1,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 304,073       $ 6,757       $ 465       $ 310,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

           

GSEs

   $ 120,318       $ 1,491       $ 1,523       $ 120,286   

States and political subdivisions

     98,133         566         1,551         97,148   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     212,260         960         1,044         212,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     430,711         3,017         4,118         429,610   

Equity securities

     2,114         93         45         2,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 432,825       $ 3,110       $ 4,163       $ 431,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s available for sale securities that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31:

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2011

                 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 8,685       $ 22       $ 0       $ 0       $ 8,685       $ 22   

States and political subdivisions

     0         0         1,467         33         1,467         33   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     45,019         217         0         0         45,019         217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     53,704         239         1,467         33         55,171         272   

Equity securities

     751         193         0         0         751         193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 54,455       $ 432       $ 1,467       $ 33       $ 55,922       $ 465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 44,737       $ 1,523       $ 0       $ 0       $ 44,737       $ 1,523   

States and political subdivisions

     61,718         1,303         1,026         248         62,744         1,551   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     124,685         1,044         0         0         124,685         1,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     231,140         3,870         1,026         248         232,166         4,118   

Equity securities

     312         12         312         33         624         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 231,452       $ 3,882       $ 1,338       $ 281       $ 232,790       $ 4,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

The Company has 35 securities and 126 securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 in which the amortized cost exceeds their values, as discussed below.

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE). Fifteen GSE securities have amortized costs which exceed their fair values, all of which are in the less than 12 months category at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Company had 50 GSE securities with unrealized losses, all of which were in the less than 12 months category. These unrealized losses have been caused by a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

State and Political Subdivisions. Two state and political subdivision securities have amortized costs which exceeds their fair value, both of which have been for greater than 12 months at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, 63 state and political subdivisions had unrealized losses, 3 of which were greater than 12 months. These unrealized losses have been caused by a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. All state and political subdivision securities in which the amortized cost exceeds fair value have investment grade ratings. Management considers the investment rating, the state of the issuer of the security and other credit support in determining whether the security is other-than-temporarily impaired. One security which has had an unrealized loss for over 24 months at December 31, 2011 is a California issue that is carrying a low market value due to it being a zero coupon bond, which is hindered by the state’s economic issues, and not the underlying credit worthiness of the issuer. This security carries an investment grade rating. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

Equity Securities. Eighteen equity securities have costs which exceeds their fair value, all of which were less than 12 months at December 31, 2011. These securities are among various industries, including financial, industrial, consumer, energy, health care and a large cap fund, In considering whether the equity securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, management reviews the severity and duration of the decline in fair value, research reports, analysts’ recommendations, credit rating changes, news stories and other relevant information. Management believes the equity securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired and will equal or exceed our cost basis within a reasonable period of time. At December 31, 2010, 13 equity securities had unrealized losses, of which seven had unrealized losses for greater than 12 months. Two of these 18 securities were financial institution securities; management’s approach to these bank holdings was to consider those trading below their book value as temporarily impaired due to extreme market conditions within the financial sector. We also considered the ability to continue paying dividends as a factor in the long-term worth of these securities. Sixteen of the 18 equity securities were non-financials or industrial securities; and Management continued to view these companies as valuable long-term holdings in the diversified portfolio. Factors considered were earnings, the ability to pay a dividend, and the outlook for recovery in the industrial sector long-term. Since these companies are considered viable and carry the possibility of price appreciation in the future, impairments are considered temporary. The Company recorded $0, $0, and $36,000 of other than temporary impairment expense on equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 by contractual maturity are shown below. Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

 

     Available for Sale  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 5,570       $ 5,667   

Due after one year through five years

     21,454         21,601   

Due after five years through ten years

     37,882         40,334   

Due after ten years

     51,889         54,071   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     186,018         187,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     302,813         309,257   

Equity securities

     1,260         1,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 304,073       $ 310,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $158,564,000, $210,687,000 and $76,444,000. Gross gains on the sales of securities were $6,401,000, $3,811,000, and $2,558,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Gross losses on securities available for sale were $177,000, $175,000 and $897,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Securities with a fair value of $283,501,000 and $271,689,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were pledged to secure public funds and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

NOTE 4. LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company’s loan portfolio is broken down into segments to an appropriate level of disaggregation to allow management to monitor the performance by the borrower and to monitor the yield on the portfolio. In 2010, management incorporated the provisions of ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Loan Losses, resulting in a refinement in its portfolio segregation. Consistent with the standard, the segments were further broken down into classes, to allow for differing risk characteristics within a segment.

The risks associated with lending activities differ among the various loan classes, and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans, and general economic conditions. All of these factors may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to repay its loans, and impact the associated collateral.

The Company has various types of commercial real estate which have differing levels of credit risk associated with them. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business, with the cash flows generated from the business being the primary source of repayment of the loan. If the business suffers a downturn in sales or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be in jeopardy.

Non-owner occupied and multi-family commercial real estate loans present a different credit risk to the Company than owner-occupied commercial real estate, as the repayment of the loan is dependent upon the borrower’s ability to generate a sufficient level of occupancy to produce rental income that exceeds debt service requirements and operating expenses. Lower occupancy or lease rates may result in a reduction in cash flows, which hinder the ability of the borrower to meet debt service requirements, and may result in lower collateral values. The Company generally recognizes greater risk is inherent in these credit relationships as compared to owner occupied loans mentioned above in its loan pricing.

Acquisition and development loans consist of 1-4 family residential construction and commercial and land development loans. The risk of loss on these loans is largely dependent on the Company’s ability to assess the property’s value at the completion of the project, which should exceed the property’s construction costs. During

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

the construction phase, a number of factors could potentially negatively impact the collateral value, including cost overruns, delays in completing the project, competition, and real estate market conditions which may change based on the supply of similar properties in the area. In the event the collateral value at the completion of the project is not sufficient to cover the outstanding loan balance, the Company must rely upon other repayment sources, including the guarantors of the project or other collateral securing the loan.

Commercial and industrial loans include advances to local and regional businesses for general commercial purposes and include permanent and short-term working capital, machinery and equipment financing, and may be either in the form of lines of credit or term loans. Although commercial and industrial loans may be unsecured to our highest rated borrowers, the majority of these loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a majority of these loans, the collateral also includes the business real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. Commercial and industrial loans present credit exposure to the Company, as they are more susceptible to risk of loss during a downturn in the economy, as borrowers may have greater difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and the value of the collateral may decline. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk through its underwriting standards, including evaluating the credit worthiness of the borrower and to the extent available, credit ratings on the business. Additionally, monitoring of the loans through annual renewals and meetings with the borrowers are common. However, these procedures cannot eliminate the risk of loss associated with commercial and industrial lending.

The Company originates loans to its retail customers, including fixed-rate and adjustable first lien mortgage loans with the underlying 1-4 family owner-occupied residential property securing the credit. The Company’s risk exposure is minimized in these types of loans through the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and underwriting standards which limits the loan-to-value ratio to generally no more than 80% upon loan origination, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance.

Home equity loans, including term loans and lines of credit, present a slightly higher risk to the Company than 1-4 family first liens, as these loans can be first or second liens on 1-4 family owner occupied residential property, but can have loan-to-value ratios of no greater than 90% of the value of the real estate taken as collateral. The credit worthiness of the borrower is considered including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, which generally cannot exceed 38%.

Installment and other loans’ credit risk are mitigated through conservative underwriting standards, including the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and if secured, the collateral value of the assets. As these loans can be unsecured or secured by assets the value of which may depreciate quickly or may fluctuate, they present a greater risk to the Company than 1-4 family residential loans.

The loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, broken out by classes as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 

      December  31,
2011
     December  31,
2010
 

(Dollars in thousands)

     

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner-occupied

   $ 199,646       $ 172,000   

Non-owner occupied

     141,037         143,372   

Multi-family

     27,327         24,649   

Acquisition and development:

     

1-4 family residential construction

     7,098         29,297   

Commercial and land development

     77,564         88,105   

Commercial and industrial

     277,900         263,943   

Residential mortgage:

     

First lien

     104,327         119,450   

Home equity - term

     37,513         40,818   

Home equity - Lines of credit

     80,951         71,547   

Installment and other loans

     12,077         11,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 965,440       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

In order to monitor ongoing risk associated with its loan portfolio and specific credits within the segments, management uses an eight point internal grading system. The first four rating categories, representing the lowest risk to the Bank, are combined and given a “Pass” rating. The “Special Mention” category includes loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or criticized rating. Management generally follows regulatory definitions in assigning criticized ratings to loans, including substandard, doubtful or loss. “Substandard” loans are classified as they have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Substandard” loans include loans that management has determined not to be impaired, as well as loans considered to be impaired. A “doubtful” loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset; its classification of loss is deferred. “Loss” assets are considered uncollectible, as the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have suspended debt repayments, or ceased business operations. Once a loan is classified as “Loss”, there is little prospect of collecting the loan’s principal or interest and it is generally written off.

The Bank has a loan review policy and program which is designed to reduce and control risk in the lending function. The Credit Administration Committee, comprised of members of the Board, is charged with the overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Company’s loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all bank personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The loan review program provides the Bank with an internal (through an outsourced third party beginning in 2011), independent review of the Bank’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.

Loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1,000,000. Loan review documentation is submitted to the Credit Administration Committee quarterly with a formal review and rating as presented by independent loan review personnel. In addition, all relationships rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed by the Credit Administration Committee on a quarterly basis, with reaffirmation of the rating as recommended by the Bank’s Problem Loan Committee or Loan Review staff. In addition to the policy and procedure guidelines noted above, the Company expanded its review coverage during the last three quarters of 2011 in light of softness in overall economic conditions and deterioration of underlying collateral securing lending relationships. As a result, all commercial real estate, construction and development loans, and commercial loans in excess of $500,000, representing over 75% coverage of these portfolios, have been reviewed.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Bank’s ratings based on its internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Non-Impaired
Substandard
     Impaired -
Substandard
     Doubtful      Total  

December 31, 2011:

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 161,695       $ 19,820       $ 8,321       $ 8,828       $ 982       $ 199,646   

Non-owner occupied

     93,379         19,689         7,785         16,661         3,523         141,037   

Multi-family

     14,896         7,581         1,387         1,328         2,135         27,327   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     3,361         724         831         2,182         0         7,098   

Commercial and land development

     28,513         16,274         13,713         19,064         0         77,564   

Commercial and industrial

     190,675         19,859         14,232         50,047         3,087         277,900   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     102,398         0         596         1,333         0         104,327   

Home equity—term

     36,290         0         638         585         0         37,513   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     80,881         0         70         0         0         80,951   

Installment and other loans

     12,075         0         2         0         0         12,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 724,163       $ 83,947       $ 47,575       $ 100,028       $ 9,727       $ 965,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 162,968       $ 2,035       $ 6,311       $ 0       $ 686       $ 172,000   

Non-owner occupied

     120,633         4,274         15,495         2,970         0         143,372   

Multi-family

     20,030         676         3,853         0         90         24,649   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     24,199         2,297         2,801         0         0         29,297   

Commercial and land development

     79,391         2,487         6,134         93         0         88,105   

Commercial and industrial

     221,111         17,062         14,992         9,770         1,008         263,943   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     117,607         0         1,373         470         0         119,450   

Home equity—term

     39,279         0         828         711         0         40,818   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     71,364         0         183         0         0         71,547   

Installment and other loans

     11,062         0         50         0         0         11,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 867,644       $ 28,831       $ 52,020       $ 14,014       $ 1,784       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified loans may also be evaluated for impairment. For commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Generally, loans that are more than 90 days past due are assigned a ‘Substandard’ rating. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Nonaccrual loans in the commercial and

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

commercial real estate portfolios are, by definition, deemed to be impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, construction and restructured loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For loans that are deemed to be impaired for extended periods of time, periodic updates on fair values are obtained, which may include updated appraisals. The updated fair values will be incorporated into the impairment analysis as of the next reporting period. In the event an updated appraisal that requires a higher impairment reserve is received after a reporting period, but prior to the issuance of the financial statements, an evaluation is made as to the significance of the difference and whether the amounts need to be reflected in the financial statements not yet issued.

Loan charge-offs, which may include, from time-to-time, a partial charge-off, are taken on an impaired loan that is collateral dependent if the loan’s carrying balance exceeds its collateral’s appraised value, the loan has been identified as uncollectible, and it is deemed to be a confirmed loss. Typically, impaired loans with a charge-off or partial charge-off will continue to be considered impaired, unless the note is split into two, and management expects the performing note to continue to perform and is adequately secured. The second, or non-performing note, would be charged-off. As of the periods presented, the Company has no loans to borrowers that resulted from splitting impaired loans into multiple notes. Generally, an impaired loan with a partial charge-off will continue to have an impairment reserve on it after the partial charge-off, if factors warrant.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, nearly all of the Company’s impaired loans’ extent of impairment was measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral securing the credit, except for troubled debt restructurings. By definition, troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired. For real estate loans, collateral generally consists of commercial real estate, but in the case of commercial and industrial loans, it would also consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Commercial and industrial loans may also have real estate collateral.

At the time a real estate-secured loan is deemed impaired, management determines whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary to assist in determining the extent of an impairment reserve, if any. The decision for requiring an updated appraisal takes into consideration the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original certified appraisal, the Company’s recent experience and knowledge of market conditions, recent list prices or broker opinions, the condition of the property, and environmental factors. If market conditions have changed significantly from the date of the most recent appraisal, an updated appraisal will be obtained. As of October 1, 2011, the Company amended its policy, which now requires annual updated appraisals for criticized loans in excess of $250,000. The “as is value” provided in the appraisal is often used as the fair value of the collateral in determining impairment, unless circumstances, such as subsequent improvements, approvals, or other circumstances dictate that another value provided by the appraiser is more appropriate.

Generally impaired loans secured by real estate were measured at fair value using certified real estate appraisals that had been completed within the last year. Appraised values are further discounted for estimated costs to sell the property and other selling considerations to arrive at the properties’ fair value.

In those situations in which it is determined an updated appraisal is not required for loans individually evaluated for impairment, fair values are based on one or a combination of the following approaches. In those situations in which a combination of approaches is considered, the factor that carries the most consideration will be the one management believes is warranted. The approaches are as follows:

 

   

Original appraisal—if the original appraisal provides a strong loan-to-value (generally 70% or lower) and, after consideration of market conditions and knowledge of the property and area, it is determined by the Credit Administration staff that there has not been a significant deterioration in the collateral value, the original certified appraised value may be used. Discounts as deemed appropriate for selling costs are factored into the appraised value in arriving at fair value.

 

   

Discounted cash flows—In limited cases, discounted cash flows may be used on projects in which the collateral is liquidated to reduce the borrowings outstanding, and is used to validate collateral values derived from other approaches.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

Collateral on certain impaired loans is not limited to real estate, and consists of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Estimated fair values are determined based on borrowers’ financial statements, inventory ledgers, accounts receivable agings or appraisals from individuals with knowledge in the business. Stated balances are generally discounted for the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. In determining fair value, liquidation discounts are applied to this collateral based on existing loan evaluation policies.

The Company distinguishes Substandard loans on both an impaired and non-impaired basis, as it places less emphasis on a loan’s classification, and increased reliance on whether the loan was performing in accordance with the contractual terms. “Substandard” classification does not automatically meet the definition of “impaired”. A substandard credit is one that is inadequately protected by current sound worth, paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified have well-defined weaknesses which may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified substandard. As a result, the Company revised its methodology in its evaluation of certain accruing commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans rated “substandard” to be collectively evaluated for impairment as opposed to evaluating these loans individually for impairment. Although we believe these loans have well defined weaknesses and meet the definition of “substandard”, they are generally performing and management has concluded that it is likely it will be able to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Larger groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Generally, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

The following summarizes impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not required as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Impaired Loans with a Specific Allowance      Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
     Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
     Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
     Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
 

December 31,2011

              

Commercial real estate:

              

Owner-occupied

   $ 5,016       $ 5,200       $ 1,762       $ 4,794       $ 4,838   

Non-owner occupied

     16,682         20,472         6,876         3,502         4,071   

Multi-family

     3,129         5,117         1,213         334         334   

Acquisition and development:

              

1-4 family residential construction

     2,182         3,715         926         0         0   

Commercial and land development

     10,657         13,899         4,369         8,407         9,712   

Commercial and industrial

     46,685         47,256         14,591         6,449         6,551   

Residential mortgage:

              

First lien

     1,122         1,122         9         211         211   

Home equity - term

     41         41         42         544         709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 85,514       $ 96,822       $ 29,788       $ 24,241       $ 26,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

              

Commercial real estate:

              

Owner-occupied

   $ 686       $ 687       $ 181       $ 0       $ 0   

Non-owner occupied

     2,064         2,065         980         0         0   

Multi-family

     90         90         90         0         0   

Commercial and industrial

     9,600         10,191         3,232         1,118         1,118   

Residential mortgage:

              

First lien

     470         470         12         0         0   

Home equity - term

     711         711         8         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,621       $ 14,214       $ 4,503       $ 1,118       $ 1,118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized on loans deemed impaired for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner-occupied

   $ 4,530       $ 369   

Non-owner occupied

     6,820         702   

Multi-family

     2,080         125   

Acquisition and development:

     

1-4 family residential construction

     489         102   

Commercial and land development

     7,456         617   

Commercial and industrial

     28,175         1,634   

Residential mortgage:

     

First lien

     639         19   

Home equity—term

     685         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,874       $ 3,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for the periods indicated for the years ending December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2010      2009  

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 26,066       $ 10,748   

Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans

     82         188   

In the second quarter of 2011, the Company early adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (ASU No. 2011-02). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU No. 2011-02, the Company reassessed terms and conditions to customers on restructured loans that had been completed in the past several months. In many instances, the Company was able to increase the interest rate on the loans and obtain additional collateral support for the borrowings, in exchange for extension of the loans’ terms. However, the new interest rate charged was considered to be at a below-market rate given the risk of the transaction, which was determined to be a concession to its borrowers that were experiencing financial difficulties. Prior to their classification as troubled debt restructurings, these loans had been collectively evaluated for impairment consistent with the guidance in Subtopic 450-20. Upon identifying these receivables as troubled debt restructurings, the Company identified them as impaired under the guidance in Section 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU No. 2011-02 require prospective application of the impairment measurement guidance in Section 310-10-35 for those receivables newly identified as impaired. As a result of the adoption, 2011 earnings have been negatively impacted by $2.7 million, representing the impairment valuation reserve at December 31, 2011 calculated under Section 310-10-35. Previous to the adoption of ASU No. 2011-02, a reserve was established on these loans under a general allowance methodology.

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

The following presents impaired loans that are troubled debt restructurings, with the recorded investment being both the pre-modification and post-modification balances, as well as the number of loans modified during the twelve month periods, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Troubled Debt Restructurings
At Period End
     New Troubled Debt Restructurings
Year Ended December 31,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2011

           

Accruing:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

     1       $ 924         1       $ 924   

Non-owner occupied

     2         2,039         2         2,039   

Multi-family

     0         0         0         0   

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

     0         0         0         0   

Commercial and land development

     2         1,061         2         1,061   

Commercial and industrial

     10         23,434         10         23,434   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     1         459         0         0   

Home equity—term

             0         0                 0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16         27,917         15         27,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonaccruing:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

     1         54         1       $ 54   

Non-owner occupied

     1         221         1         221   

Multi-family

     0         0         0         0   

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

     0         0         0         0   

Commercial and land development

     3         3,179         3         3,179   

Commercial and industrial

     10         5,648         10         5,648   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     0         0         0         0   

Home equity—term

     1         544         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16         9,646         15         9,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32       $ 37,563         30       $ 36,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

           

Accruing:

           

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     1       $ 470         1       $ 470   

Home equity—term

     1         711         1         711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2       $ 1,181         2       $ 1,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The loans presented above were considered troubled debt restructurings as the result of the Company agreeing to below market interest rates for the risk of the transaction, allowing the loan to remain on interest only status, or for residential mortgage loans, a temporary reduction in interest rates for periods not exceeding 12 months in order to assist the borrowers to improve cash flows during such periods.

The troubled debt restructurings in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2011 have either defaulted in the past 12 months, or it is anticipated the Bank will not collect all principal in the loan. Six of these nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings, with a balance of $6,107,000, are currently not past due and paying in accordance with their modified repayment schedule. These nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings are deemed to be collateral dependent in the determination of the impairment reserve required on them.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

No additional commitments have been made to borrowers whose loans are considered troubled debt restructurings.

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the length of time a portfolio is past due, by aggregating loans based on its delinquencies. The following table presents the classes of loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Current      Days Past Due      Total
Past  Due
     Non-
Accrual
     Total
Loans
 
        30-59      60-89      90+
(still  accruing)
          
                      

December 31, 2011

                    

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

   $ 188,679       $ 2,135       $ 0       $ 0       $ 2,135       $ 8,832       $ 199,646   

Non-owner occupied

     122,816         75         0         0         75         18,146         141,037   

Multi-family

     23,864         0         0         0         0         3,463         27,327   

Acquisition and development:

                    

1-4 family residential construction

     4,916         0         0         0         0         2,182         7,098   

Commercial and land development

     59,121         440         0         0         440         18,003         77,564   

Commercial and industrial

     246,696         1,341         15         0         1,356         29,848         277,900   

Residential mortgage:

                    

First lien

     100,215         1,637         547         0         2,184         1,928         104,327   

Home equity—term

     35,998         283         9         0         292         1,223         37,513   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     80,783         98         0         0         98         70         80,951   

Installment and other loans

     11,932         141         2         0         143         2         12,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 875,020       $ 6,150       $ 573       $ 0       $ 6,723       $ 83,697       $ 965,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

                    

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

   $ 169,030       $ 986       $ 832       $ 466       $ 2,284       $ 686       $ 172,000   

Non-owner occupied

     141,095         213         0         0         213         2,064         143,372   

Multi-family

     24,559         0         0         0         0         90         24,649   

Acquisition and development:

                    

1-4 family residential construction

     29,297         0         0         0         0         0         29,297   

Commercial and land development

     87,995         1         16         0         17         93         88,105   

Commercial and industrial

     252,144         287         466         420         1,173         10,625         263,943   

Residential mortgage:

                    

First lien

     116,182         1,359         535         1,095         2,989         279         119,450   

Home equity—term

     40,503         161         62         75         298         17         40,818   

Home equity—Lines of credit

     71,215         60         89         142         291         41         71,547   

Installment and other loans

     10,793         251         17         50         318         1         11,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 942,813       $ 3,318       $ 2,017       $ 2,248       $ 7,583       $ 13,896       $ 964,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. It is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Quarterly, Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses utilizing a defined

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

methodology, which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans as discussed above, past loan loss historical experience, and qualitative factors. Management believes the approach properly addresses the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually identified as impaired, and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance.

For each loan class presented above, general allowances are provided for loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, which is based on quantitative factors, principally historical loss trends for the respective loan class, adjusted for qualitative factors. As of December 31, 2010, the historical loss factor was based on average charge-offs for the last 8 quarters (e.g. January 1, 2009 – December 31, 2010), whereas prior to December 31, 2010, the historical loss factor was based on an equally weighted rolling 12 quarters. As of December 31, 2010, for loans rated special mention and substandard not deemed impaired, a weighted average rolling 8 quarters average charge-off percentage on the related graded loan type, with a two-thirds weight to the most recent four quarters, and a one-third weight for the furthest four quarters was utilized. For non-rated loans evaluated collectively for impairment, the charge-off factor for the last 8 quarters is factored into the reserve allocation. Additional reserve allocations of approximately $730,000 resulted due to the change to the most recent 8 quarter history. Effective December 31, 2011, the historical loss factor was based on average charge-offs for the last 8 quarters and applied to the entire pool of loans, excluding those loans evaluated for impairment under ASC 310-10-35. In addition, an additional adjustment to the historical loss factors is made to account for delinquency and other potential risk not elsewhere defined within the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss methodology. The refinement to the methodology was made as management determined that the most recent eight quarters loss history as adjusted based on other portfolio analysis and applied to an entire pool of loans is a better reflection of the losses inherent on non-impaired loans within the portfolio at December 31, 2011. In making this determination, management considered current economic and real estate conditions, trends in historical charge-off percentages at the Company as well as peers, and feedback from regulators.

In addition to the quantitative analysis, additional reserves are allocated on loans collectively evaluated for impairment based on additional qualitative factors. The qualitative factors used by management to adjust the historical loss percentage to the anticipated loss allocation, which range from 0—8 basis points per factor, include:

Nature and Volume of LoansLoan growth in the current and subsequent quarters based on the Bank’s targeted growth and strategic plan, coupled with the types of loans booked based on risk management and credit culture, and number of exceptions to loan policy; supervisory loan to value exceptions etc.

Concentrations of Credit and Changes within Credit ConcentrationsFactors considered including the Bank’s overall portfolio makeup and managements evaluation relating to concentration risk management and the inherent risk associated with the concentrations identified.

Experience, ability and depth of Management/Lending staffFactors considered include the years experience of Senior and Middle Management and the lending and loan review staff and turnover of the staff.

Other External Factors (Economic, Legal, Competition, Regulatory etc.)Ratios and factors considered include trends in the consumer price index (CPI); unemployment rates; housing price index; housing statistics compared to the prior year; bankruptcy rates; regulatory and legal environment risks and competition.

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and  Development
    Commercial
and  Industrial
    Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Unallocated     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

              

December 31, 2011

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 5,324      $ 1,767      $ 6,795      $ 1,863      $ 106      $ 165      $ 16,020   

Provision for loan losses

     15,294        18,556        23,565        (253     12        1,401        58,575   

Charge-offs

     (6,770     (10,615     (12,805     (680     (62     0        (30,932

Recoveries

     16        0        14        3        19        0        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 13,864      $ 9,708      $ 17,569      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 2,607      $ 2,703      $ 2,518      $ 1,881      $ 96      $ 1,262      $ 11,067   

Provision for loan losses

     3,441        282        6,000        258        41        (1,097     8,925   

Charge-offs

     (726     (1,218     (1,786     (283     (54     0        (4,067

Recoveries

     2        0        63        7        23        0        95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 5,324      $ 1,767      $ 6,795      $ 1,863      $ 106      $ 165      $ 16,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The roll forward of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 7,140   

Provision for loan losses

     4,865   

Charge-offs

     (958

Recoveries

     20   
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 11,067   
  

 

 

 

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the ending loan balance individually evaluated for impairment based upon loan segment, as well as the related allowance for loan loss allocation for each at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition  and
Development
    Commercial  and
Industrial
    Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Unallocated     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

             

December 31, 2011

             

Loans allocated by:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 33,457      $ 21,246      $ 53,134      $ 1,918      $ 0      $ 0      $ 109,755   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    334,553        63,416        224,766        220,873        12,077        0        855,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 368,010      $ 84,662      $ 277,900      $ 222,791      $ 12,077      $ 0      $ 965,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 9,851      $ 5,295      $ 14,591      $ 51      $ 0      $ 0      $ 29,788   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    4,013        4,413        2,978        882        75        1,566        13,927   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,864      $ 9,708      $ 17,569      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

             

Loans allocated by:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,840      $ 0      $ 10,718      $ 1,181      $ 0      $ 0      $ 14,739   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    337,181        117,402        253,225        230,634        11,112        0        949,554   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 340,021      $ 117,402      $ 263,943      $ 231,815      $ 11,112      $ 0      $ 964,293   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,251      $ 0      $ 3,232      $ 20      $ 0      $ 0      $ 4,503   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    4,073        1,767        3,563        1,843        106        165        11,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 5,324      $ 1,767      $ 6,795      $ 1,863      $ 106      $ 165      $ 16,020   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company identified additional loan impairments, which necessitated an increase in the allowance for loan losses and corresponding increase in the provision for loan losses of $13,700,000 that are included in the amounts presented in the 2011 consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations. Additional information on seven lending relationships was learned, which resulted in an evaluation as to whether increases to impairment reserve should be recognized as of December 31, 2011. It was concluded that additional reserves should be recognized as the information provided additional evidence about conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, including key assumptions used in the estimation process of preparing financial statements. The additional information included the receipt of updated appraisals on several loans, which resulted in management’s determination that the related loan was either impaired, or the impairment reserve previously allocated to the loans was not sufficient. Additionally, on two lending relationships, the estimate of impairment on these relationships was adjusted to reflect the relationships’ observable market price based on third party bids on the notes. The loan impairments were previously determined on a discounted cash flow or collateral dependent approach. In the first quarter of 2012, full or partial charge-offs of loans considered impaired at December 31, 2011 will total approximately $19,200,000 and notes related to $28,324,000 of impaired loans will be sold to a third party which will net the Company $17,800,000.

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 5. LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

The Company has granted loans to the officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiary and to their associates. Related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or other unfavorable features. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was $1,153,000 at December 31, 2011, and $1,594,000 at December 31, 2010. During 2011, $809,000 of new loans were granted and repayments totaled $1,250,000.

 

NOTE 6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of Bank premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010  

Land

   $ 5,182       $ 5,182   

Buildings and improvements

     22,970         22,728   

Leasehold improvements

     370         343   

Furniture and equipment

     19,008         18,318   

Construction in progress

     553         97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     48,083         46,668   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     20,900         18,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

   $ 27,183       $ 27,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $2,035,000, $2,140,000 and $2,212,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Company leases land and building space associated with certain branch offices, remote automated teller machines, and certain equipment under agreements which expire at various times through 2024. Total rent expense charged to operations in connection with these leases was $270,000, $281,000 and $298,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The total minimum rental commitments under operating leases with maturities in excess of one year at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

Due in the Years Ending December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)

      

2012

   $ 248   

2013

     219   

2014

     121   

2015

     117   

2016

     110   

Thereafter

     329   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,144   
  

 

 

 

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table shows the amount of goodwill and intangible assets at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Amount
 

December 31, 2011

        

Goodwill

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

        

Deposit premiums

   $ 2,348       $ 1,615       $ 733   

Customer list

     581         273         308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 2,929       $ 1,888       $ 1,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

        

Goodwill

   $ 19,447       $ 0       $ 19,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

        

Deposit premiums

   $ 2,348       $ 1,444       $ 904   

Customer list

     581         234         347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 2,929       $ 1,744       $ 1,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. As a result of taking a goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, the carrying value of goodwill was reduced to zero at December 31, 2011. No impairment charges were taken in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

As noted in Note 1, the Company completes a two-step goodwill impairment test each October 31. During the first step completed as of October 31, 2011, it was determined that the carrying value of the Company exceeded its estimated fair value, which results in an indicator of impairment of goodwill, and the second step of the process was required. In the second step, the fair value of the net assets of the Company was determined to arrive at the Company’s implied value of goodwill. As a result of the recorded goodwill exceeding its implied value by the full amount of the goodwill, it was determined that the recorded goodwill was impaired and the entire $19,447,000 was written off. The goodwill impairment resulted from several factors, the most prominent being decreases in trading multiples of the Company’s common stock, overall valuations of comparable organizations, a deterioration in asset quality and the commercial real estate portfolio, and the negative impact of deteriorating asset quality on expected cash flows. The majority of the impaired goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes, although a portion of the charge resulted in a tax benefit of $451,000.

Amortization expense was $210,000, $240,000 and $251,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

 

2012

   $ 210   

2013

     210   

2014

     208   

2015

     205   

2016

     94   

Thereafter

     114   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,041   
  

 

 

 

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Bank also files an income tax return in the State of Maryland. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2008.

Included in the balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are tax positions related to loan charge offs for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

The components of federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Current year provision:

      

Federal

   $ 4,063      $ 8,779      $ 4,884   

State

     210        162        82   

Deferred tax benefit

     (15,136     (2,471     (916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net federal income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (10,863   $ 6,470      $ 4,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the effective applicable income tax rate to the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Statutory federal tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increase/(decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (0.1 )%      0.2     0.3

Impairment of goodwill

     (14.8 )%      0.0     0.0

Tax exempt interest income

     4.3     (5.5 )%      (4.81 )% 

Earnings from life insurance

     0.9     (1.8 )%      (1.51 )% 

Disallowed interest

     (0.2 )%      0.3     0.3

Low-income housing credits

     0.4     (0.6 )%      (2.4 )% 

Historic tax credits

     0.0     0.0     (3.6 )% 

Other

     (0.1 )%      0.5     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     25.4     28.1     23.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes includes $2,178,000, $1,273,000 and $581,000 of applicable income tax expense related to net security gains for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 19,517       $ 5,607   

Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale

     0         369   

Deferred compensation

     443         421   

Retirement plans and salary continuation

     1,336         1,196   

Stock compensation

     176         162   

Off balance sheet commitment reserve

     387         0   

Nonaccrual loan interest

     508         210   

Goodwill

     244         0   

Other

     162         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     22,773         8,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Depreciation

     1,408         1,492   

Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale

     2,202         0   

Goodwill

     0         174   

Purchase accounting adjustments

     659         762   

Unrealized gains on derivatives

     0         321   

Other

     322         33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     4,591         2,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 18,182       $ 5,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 9. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for those employees who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in the plan. Employer contributions to the plan are based on performance and are at the discretion of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The plan contains limited match or safe harbor provisions. Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by the plan and the contributions charged to operations were $319,000, $2,018,000, and $1,807,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The decrease in expense in 2011 is the result of no accrual for discretionary profit sharing as a result of the Company’s 2011 performance.

The Company has a deferred compensation arrangement with certain present and former directors, whereby a director or his beneficiaries will receive a monthly retirement benefit at age 65. The arrangement is funded by an amount of life insurance on the participating director calculated to meet the Company’s obligations under the compensation agreement. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid, which is included in other liabilities, amounted to $122,000 and $111,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Total annual expense for this deferred compensation plan was $11,000, $11,000 and $16,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Company also has supplemental discretionary deferred compensation plans for directors and executive officers. The plans are funded annually with director fees and salary reductions which are either placed in a trust account invested by the Company’s Orrstown Financial Advisors division or recognized as a liability. The trust account balance was $1,143,000 and $1,093,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in other assets on the balance sheets, offset by other liabilities in the same amount. Total amounts contributed to these plans were $61,000, $72,000 and $72,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company has three supplemental retirement and salary continuation plans for directors and executive officers. These plans are funded with single premium life insurance on the plan participants. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $3,817,000 and $3,416,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, which is included in other liabilities. Total annual expense for these plans amounted to $563,000, $562,000 and $372,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

The Company has promised a continuation of life insurance coverage to certain persons post-retirement. GAAP requires the recording of post-retirement costs and a liability equal to the present value of the cost of post retirement insurance during the insured employee’s term of service. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $481,000 and $387,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which is included in other liabilities. Total annual expense for this plan amounted to $94,000, $34,000 and $48,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

NOTE 10. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company maintains share-based compensation plans, the purpose of which is to provide officers, employees, and non-employee members of the board of directors of the Company and the Bank, with additional incentive to further the success of the Company. In May 2011, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2011 Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, 381,920 shares of the common stock of the Company were reserved to be issued. As of December 31, 2011, 379,288 shares were available to be issued under the share-based compensation plans.

Incentive awards under the Plan may consistent of grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock units and performance shares. All employees of the Company and its present or future subsidiaries, and members of the board of directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan allows for the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to determine the type of incentive to be awarded, its term, manner of exercise, vesting of awards and restrictions on shares. Generally, awards are nonqualified under the IRS code, unless the awards are deemed to be incentive awards to employees, at the Compensation Committee’s discretion.

In 2011, 2,632 shares of restricted stock were awarded to members of the board of directors with a vesting period of 11 months to coincide with the Company’s 2012 annual meeting. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded was equivalent to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, or $24.26 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $41,000 was recognized as expense on the restricted stock award, and as of December 31, 2011, there was $23,000 in total unrecognized compensation expense related to the award.

A roll forward of the Company’s outstanding stock options for the year ended December 31, 2011 is presented below:

 

     2011  
     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding and exercisable, beginning of year

     377,731      $ 28.94   

Granted

     0        0.00   

Exercised

     (28,298     16.65   

Forfeited

     (1,948     31.36   

Expired

     (1,080     16.39   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding and exercisable, end of year

     346,405      $ 29.97   
  

 

 

   

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s maximum term is ten years. All options are fully vested upon issuance. Information pertaining to options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining  Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$16.95 - $16.99

     5,348         0.25       $ 16.95   

$17.00 - $19.99

     26,728         0.49         19.00   

$20.00 - $24.99

     106,441         5.67         22.51   

$25.00 - $29.99

     2,792         8.26         25.76   

$30.00 - $34.99

     67,110         5.85         31.21   

$35.00 - $39.99

     93,101         3.90         36.73   

$40.00 - $40.14

     44,885         3.48         40.14   
  

 

 

       

$16.95 - $40.14

     346,405         4.48         29.97   
  

 

 

       

The options outstanding and exercisable had no intrinsic value at December 31, 2011 as each exercise price exceeded the market value. The total intrinsic value of options exercised, at the date of exercise, was $257,000, $197,000 and $335,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Grant-Date
Fair Value
     Dividend
Yield
    Expected
Volatility
    Risk Free
Interest Rate
    Expected
Life (Yrs)
 

Nonemployee director stock options

           

2010

     9.50         3.42     47.44     3.32     7   

2009

     2.82         3.63        18.28        2.28        7   

Employee stock options

           

2010

     5.81         4.16        45.46        1.66        5   

2009

     9.31         2.38        30.66        2.65        5   

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected life is based on historical exercise experience. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, share-based compensation expense related to option grants was $388,000 and $117,000.

The Company also maintains an employee stock purchase plan, in order to provide employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and opportunity to purchase stock of the Company. Under the plan, eligible employees may purchase shares in an amount that does not exceed 10% of their annual salary at the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the semi-annual offering date, or related purchase date. The Company reserved 182,325 shares of its common stock to be issued under the employee stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2011, 82,347 shares were available to be issued under the plan. Employees purchased 16,781, 12,681 and 22,882 shares at a weighted average price of $13.18, $20.19 and $20.36 per share in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Company uses a combination of issuing new shares or treasury shares to meet stock compensation exercises depending on market conditions.

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 11. DEPOSITS

The composition of deposits at December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010  

Non-interest bearing

   $ 111,930       $ 104,646   

Now and money market

     552,484         427,087   

Savings

     72,219         66,663   

Time – less than $100,000

     247,672         305,912   

Time – greater than $100,000

     232,597         284,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,216,902       $ 1,188,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The scheduled maturities of time deposits for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

Due in the Years Ending December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

      

2012

   $ 339,961   

2013

     57,247   

2014

     39,735   

2015

     23,538   

2016

     11,740   

Thereafter

     8,048   
  

 

 

 
   $ 480,269   
  

 

 

 

Brokered time deposits totaled $85,976,000 and $131,446,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Management continues to evaluate brokered deposits as a funding option, and considers regulatory views on non-core funding sources and investment options.

The Company accepts deposits of the officers and directors of the Company and the Bank on the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons. The aggregate dollar amount of deposits of officers and directors totaled $1,167,000 and $952,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

NOTE 12. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The Company has several short-term borrowings available to it, including short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB), federal funds purchased, the Federal Reserve discount window, and the Federal Reserve’s Term Auction Facility (TAF) which it participated in during 2009 and the beginning of 2010. The TAF funds were secured primarily by pledged commercial loans and some U.S. Agency securities. As of December 31, 2009 loans with a fair value of $39,622,000 and securities with a fair value of $11,014,000 were pledged to secure these funds.

Information concerning the use of these short-term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31, is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at year end

   $ 20,000      $ 0      $ 33,300   

Average balance during the year

     2,534        17,048        23,418   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.24     0.43     0.36

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     20,000        65,300        43,470   

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company has repurchase agreements with certain of its deposit customers. The Company is required to hold U.S. Treasury and Agency issues to be held as underlying securities for repurchase agreements. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at year end

   $ 15,013      $ 87,850      $ 64,614   

Average balance during the year

     60,737        74,824        59,904   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.52     0.59     0.57

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     98,906        124,869        74,293   

Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:

      

Carrying value

     76,006        150,966        74,816   

Estimated fair value

     77,485        151,767        74,877   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one day from the transaction date.

 

NOTE 13. LONG-TERM DEBT

At December 31, the Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     Amount      Weighted Average rate  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010      2011     2010  

FHLB fixed rate advances maturing:

          

2011

   $ 0       $ 19,800         0.00     0.48

2012

     10,000         10,000         0.89     0.89

2013

     20,000         0         0.73     0.00

2014

     10,000         0         0.87     0.00

2020

     350         350         7.40     7.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
     40,350         30,150         0.86     0.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

FHLB amortizing advance requiring monthly principal and interest payments, maturing:

          

2014

     3,122         4,125         4.86     4.86

2025

     5,326         5,588         4.74     4.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
     8,448         9,713         4.78     4.79
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

FHLB variable rate advances maturing:

          

2011

     0         20,000         0.00     1.48

2012

     5,000         5,000         4.70     4.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
     5,000         25,000         4.70     2.12
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total FHLB Advances:

     53,798         64,863         1.83     1.86

Other

     0         315         0.00     8.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
   $ 53,798       $ 65,178        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

The FHLB variable rate advances that matured in 2011 floated with the prime lending rate (3.25% at December 31, 2011), with a blended rate of prime minus 1.77% The FHLB variable rate advance maturing in 2012 will reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 0.20% if the 3 month LIBOR rate is greater than 8.0%.

Except for amortizing loans, interest only is paid on a quarterly basis. The notes contain prepayment penalty charges, but management has no intention to pay off early.

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

The aggregate amount of future principal payments required on these borrowings at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

      

2012

   $ 16,328   

2013

     21,394   

2014

     11,265   

2015

     317   

2016

     332   

Thereafter

     4,162   
  

 

 

 
   $ 53,798   
  

 

 

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and, as such, can take advantage of the FHLB program of overnight and term advances. Under terms of a blanket collateral agreement, advances, lines and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by first mortgage loans and securities. Collateral for all outstanding advances, lines and letters of credit consisted of the Bank’s 1-4 family mortgage loans and other real estate secured loans totaling $352,795,000 and $462,723,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Bank had additional availability of $275,717,000 at the FHLB on December 31, 2011 based on qualifying collateral.

The Bank has available a line of credit with Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (ACBB) of $10,000,000 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The ACBB line of credit is unsecured and the rate is based on the daily Federal Funds rate. There were no borrowings under these lines of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company has $3,280,000 in letters of credit outstanding with the FHLB in favor of third parties utilized for general banking purposes.

 

NOTE 14. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL

On February 9, 2010, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission that provided the Company the ability to raise capital, from time to time, up to an aggregate of $80,000,000, through the sale of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants and other securities. The Company completed a public stock offering of 1,481,481 shares of common stock at a price of $27.00 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $40,000,000 during the first quarter of 2010. Net proceeds after underwriting commissions and expenses were $37,585,000. The Company felt with this additional capital, it better positioned itself to weather the economy and take advantage of future opportunities that may arise.

The Company maintains a stockholder dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Under the plan, shareholders may purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock at the prevailing market prices with reinvestment dividends and voluntary cash payments. The Company reserved 1,045,000 shares of its common stock to be issued under the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2011, 672,000 shares were available to be issued under the plan.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective actions provisions are not applicable to financial holding companies.

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

Quantitative measures established by regulators to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (as set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Company and the Bank’s actual capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are also presented in the table.

 

     Actual     Minimum  Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to Be  Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
      

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2011

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 134,621         13.0   $ 83,090         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     127,529         12.3     82,899         8.0   $ 103,624         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     121,249         11.7     41,390         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     114,187         11.0     41,294         4.0     62,175         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     121,249         8.2     58,851         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     114,187         7.8     58,899         4.0     73,352         5.0

December 31, 2010

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 152,550         14.8   $ 82,486         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     129,844         12.7     81,808         8.0   $ 102,260         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     139,623         13.5     41,243         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     117,027         11.4     40,904         4.0     61,356         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     139,623         9.4     59,385         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     117,027         8.0     58,629         4.0     73,287         5.0

 

NOTE 15. RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, LOANS AND ADVANCES

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. Further, regulatory mandates may impose more stringent restrictions on the extent of dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. As the Company is a Financial Holding Company, the Bank may not declare a dividend to the Company if the results of such dividend would drop the Bank below the minimum capital required in order to be classified as “well capitalized.” The Bank has also agreed with its regulators that it will not declare or pay any dividends without prior regulatory approval.

In 2009, the Federal Reserve Board notified all bank holding companies that dividends should be eliminated, deferred or reduced if the bank holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends paid, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; the bank holding company’s prospective rate of earnings retentions is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial conditions, or the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting its

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. This guidance is considered in the Company’s dividend setting process, Further, based on agreements with its regulator, the Company has recently suspended its cash dividend on its common stock.

Under current Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is limited to the amounts it may loan to its affiliates, including the Company. Covered transactions, including loans, with a single affiliate, may not exceed 10% of the Bank’s total capital plus its excess allowance for loan losses, and the aggregate of all covered transactions with all affiliates may not exceed 20%, of the Bank’s subsidiary and surplus (as defined by regulation). At December 31, 2011, the maximum amount the Bank has available to loan the Company is approximately $13,742,000.

 

NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2011     2010      2009  

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581       $ 13,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     8,017        7,610         6,406   

Impact of common stock equivalents

     10        29         53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

     8,027        7,639         6,459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share information:

       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.98   $ 2.18       $ 2.09   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (3.98     2.17         2.07   

Stock options of 317,000, 206,000 and 141,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations, as their exercise would have been anti-dilutive, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price or the Company was in a net loss for the period.

 

NOTE 17. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) items are limited to unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used for cash flow hedges. The components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale arising during the period

   $ 13,568      $ 3,352      $ 41   

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income

     (6,224     (3,636     (1,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     7,344        (284     (1,584

Tax effect

     (2,570     98        547   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,774        (186     (1,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

     (127     1,699        (1,282

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income

     (791     (778     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     (918     921        (1,282

Tax effect

     321        (322     449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (597     599        (833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax and reclassification adjustments

   $ 4,177      $ 413      $ (1,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2011      2010  

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   $ 4,089       $ (685

Unrealized gains on derivatives used for cash flow hedges

     0         597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,089       $ (88
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

         Contract or Notional Amount      

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011      2010  

Commitments to fund:

     

Revolving, open ended home equity loans

   $ 80,197       $ 68,490   

1-4 family residential construction loans

     2,021         1,196   

Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans

     31,788         58,606   

Commercial, industrial and other loans

     91,530         95,538   

Standby letters of credit

     25,751         29,558   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary by management. The current amount of liability, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued was not material.

The Company currently maintains a reserve in other liabilities totaling $782,000 for off-balance sheet credit exposures that currently are not funded, based on historical loss experience of the related loan class. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $782,000 was charged to other noninterest expense for this exposure.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

The Company has sold loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago as part of its Mortgage Partnership Finance Program (“MPF Program”). Under the terms of the MPF Program, there is limited recourse back to the Company for loans that do not perform in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Each loan that is sold under the program is “credit enhanced” such that the individual loan’s rating is raised to “AA,” as determined by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. The sum of each individual total of loans sold under the MPF Program was $138,950,000, with limited recourse back to the Company on these loans of $8,399,000. Many of the loans sold under the MPF Program have primary mortgage insurance, which reduces the Company’s overall exposure. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company foreclosed or is in the process of foreclosing on loans sold under the MPF program, with a resulting charge of $475,000 to other expenses representing an estimate of the Company’s losses under its recourse exposure.

 

NOTE 19. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

The Company entered into three rate swap agreements—two on November 24, 2008, and one on May 22, 2009 related to fixed rate loans. The Company uses these interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risks and to manage interest income. By entering into these agreements, the Company converts floating rate assets into fixed rate assets. These interest rate swap agreements are considered cash flow hedge derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting. A portion of the amount included in other comprehensive income is reclassified from other comprehensive income to the appropriate income statement line item as net settlements occur.

The notional amounts of the interest rate swaps are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by a counter party, the risk in these transactions was the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company sold its rate swaps and received $911,000 and $868,000 as total proceeds from the sales, and recognized a $791,000 and $778,000 in gains on the sale, respectively. These gains are included in the ineffective portion of the following table, once it no longer qualified as a hedge.

The balances of the derivative instruments on the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Notional/Contract
Amount
     Estimated Net
Fair Value
     Fair Value
Balance Sheet
Location
     Expiration
Date
     Fixed
Rate
 

December 31, 2010

              

Interest rate swap—5 year cash flow

   $ 20,000       $ 804         Other assets         11/26/2013         5.28

Interest rate swap—4 year cash flow

     10,000         209         Other assets         05/27/2013         4.54
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

 
   $ 30,000       $ 1,013               5.03
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

 

The effects of the interest rate swaps on the Company’s income statement for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging

relationships

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
    Location of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from accumulated
OCI into income
(effective portion)
     Amount of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
accumulated OCI into
income (realized portion)
 
      2011     2010      2009            2011      2010      2009  

Interest rate swap—4 year cash flow

   $ 0      $ 91       $ (498     Interest income       $ 0       $ 243       $ 534   

Interest rate swap—5 year cash flow

     (69     1,124         (638     Interest income         228         406         406   

Interest rate swap—4 year cash flow

     (58     484         (146     Interest income         33         129         79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (127   $ 1,699       $ (1,282      $ 261       $ 778       $ 1,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)

  Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative

(Ineffective Portion)
   Amount of Pretax Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income on  Derivative (Ineffective Portion)
 
         2011      2010      2009  

Interest rate swap—4 year cash flow

  Other income    $ 0       $ 795       $ 72   

Interest rate swap—5 year cash flow

  Other income      698         47         47   

Interest rate swap—4 year cash flow

  Other income      118         0         0   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 816       $ 842       $ 119   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Under the terms of the agreement, the Bank paid interest monthly at the rate equivalent to Wall Street Journal prime and received interest income monthly at the fixed rate shown above.

 

NOTE 20. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Fair Value Measurements under generally accepted accounting principles defines fair value, describes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements by establishing a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure the assets or liabilities fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the classification is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. Classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy considers the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability and transparency of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

The three levels are defined as follows: Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market for the asset or liability, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3—the valuation methodology is derived from model-based techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable to the fair value measurement and based on the Company’s own assumptions about market participants’ assumptions.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy:

Securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, securities are classified within Level 2 and fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. All of the Company’s securities are classified as available for sale.

Interest Rate Swaps

Cash flow interest rate swaps are classified within Level 2 with fair values determined by quoted market prices and mathematical models using current and historical data.

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

The Company had no fair value liabilities at December 31, 2011 or 2010. A summary of assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair Value
Measurements
 

December 31, 2011

           

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 0       $ 43,622       $ 0       $ 43,622   

States and political subdivisions

     0         78,051         0         78,051   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         187,584         0         187,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     0         309,257         0         309,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities:

           

Diversified

     37         0         0         37   

Energy

     141         0         0         141   

Financial services

     166         70         0         236   

Industrials

     150         0                     0         150   

Technology

     221         0         0         221   

Other

     323         0         0         323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     1,038         70         0         1,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

   $ 1,038       $ 309,327         0         310,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

December 31, 2010

           

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

   $ 0       $ 120,286       $ 0       $ 120,286   

States and political subdivisions

     0         97,148         0         97,148   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         212,176         0         212,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     0         429,610         0         429,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities:

           

Diversified

     267         0         0         267   

Energy

     60         0         0         60   

Financial services

     351         279         0         630   

Industrials

     208         0         0         208   

Technology

     147         0         0         147   

Other

     784         66         0         850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     1,817         345         0         2,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     1,817         429,955         0         431,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0       $ 1,013       $ 0       $ 1,013   

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Impaired Loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loan, less estimated costs to sell. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The value of the real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction, or if management adjusts the appraisal value, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’ financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivable collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans with an allocation to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the consolidated statement of income. Specific allocations to the allowance for loan losses were $29,788,000 and $4,503,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Foreclosed Real Estate

Other real estate property acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value of the property at the transfer date less estimated selling cost. Subsequently, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of its carrying value or the fair value less estimated selling cost. Fair value is usually determined based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the property or occasionally upon a recent sales offer. Specific charges to value the real estate owned at the lower of cost or fair value on properties held at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $365,000 and $123,000.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is estimated to be equal to its carrying value, unless the quarterly valuation model calculates the present value of the estimated net servicing income is less than its carrying value, in which as a lower of cost or fair value charge is taken. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, a $284,000 and $200,000 lower of cost or fair value reserve existed on the mortgage servicing right portfolio.

A summary of assets at December 31 measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis is as follows:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair Value
Measurements
 

December 31, 2011

           

Impaired loans, net

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 55,726       $ 55,726   

Foreclosed real estate

     0         0         1,378         1,378   

Mortgage servicing rights

     0         0         2,253         2,253   

December 31, 2010

           

Impaired loans, net

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 9,118       $ 9,118   

Foreclosed real estate

     0         0         259         259   

Mortgage servicing rights

     0         0         2,057         2,057   

Fair values of financial instruments

The Company meets the requirements for disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

In addition to those disclosed above, the following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

Cash and Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold, Short-Term Investments and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, short-term investments and interest bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold approximate their fair value.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans typically consist of one-to-four family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale.

Loans Receivable

For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered in the market for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock

These investments are carried at cost. The Company is required to maintain minimum investment balances in these stocks, which are not actively traded and therefore have no readily determinable market value.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposits and IRAs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market to a schedule of aggregated expected maturities on time deposits.

Short-Term Borrowings

The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within 90 days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other short-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Long-Term Debt

The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate long-term borrowings is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amounts of variable-rate long-term borrowings approximate their fair values at the reporting date.

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

Accrued Interest

The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments

The Company generally does not charge commitment fees. Fees for standby letters of credit and other off-balance-sheet instruments are not significant.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial statements were as follows at December 31:

 

     2011      2010  
      Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

(Dollars in thousands)

         

Financial Assets

         

Cash and due from banks

   $ 19,630      $ 19,630       $ 10,400      $ 10,400   

Federal funds sold

     0        0         8,800        8,800   

Short-term investments

     0        0         2,728        2,728   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     90,039        90,039         925        925   

Member stock

     11,758        11,758         8,798        8,798   

Securities available for sale

     310,365        310,365         431,772        431,772   

Loans held for sale

     2,553           2,693     

Loans

     965,440           964,293     

Allowance for loan losses

     (43,715        (16,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     924,278        925,923         950,966        937,928   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,548        4,548         5,715        5,715   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,253        2,253         2,057        2,057   

Interest rate swaps

     0        0         1,013        1,013   

Financial Liabilities

         

Deposits

   $ 1,216,902      $ 1,222,058       $ 1,188,377      $ 1,192,028   

Short-term borrowings

     35,013        35,013         87,850        87,850   

Long-term debt

     53,798        54,998         65,178        66,397   

Accrued interest payable

     907        907         1,053        1,053   

Off-balance sheet instruments

     0        0         0        0   

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 21. ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following are the condensed balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for the parent company for the years ended December 31:

 

Balance Sheet             

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010  

Assets

    

Cash in Orrstown Bank

   $ 3,662      $ 2,734   

Securities available for sale

     3,010        19,489   

Investment in Orrstown Bank

     121,077        137,742   

Other assets

     448        519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 128,197      $ 160,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

   $ 0      $ 0   

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common stock

     419        416   

Additional paid-in capital

     122,514        121,508   

Retained earnings

     1,195        38,680   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     4,089        (88

Treasury stock

     (20     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     128,197        160,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 128,197      $ 160,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Statements of Operations                   

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Income

      

Dividends from bank subsidiary

   $ 1,825      $ 5,772      $ 5,155   

Other interest and dividend income

     171        207        36   

Other income

     25        54        46   

Gains (losses) on sale of securities

     194        8        (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     2,215        6,041        5,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

      

Interest on borrowings

     0        2        7   

Stock based compensation

     41        386        117   

Security impairment expense

     0        0        36   

Other expenses

     730        609        532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     771        997        692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     1,444        5,044        4,541   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (129     (135     (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     1,573        5,179        4,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of bank subsidiary

     (33,537     11,402        8,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581      $ 13,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents
NOTE 21. ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 

Statements of Cash Flows       

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (31,964   $ 16,581      $ 13,373   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

      

(Gains) losses on sale of investment securities

     (194     (8     4   

Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiary

     33,537        (11,402     (8,693

Security impairment losses

     0        0        36   

Stock based compensation

     41        386        117   

Net change in other liabilities

     0        (12     (21

Other, net

     243        (204     266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,663        5,341        5,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (2,490     (20,538     (790

Sales of securities available for sale

     13,546        3,118        876   

Maturities of available for sale securities

     5,250        0        0   

Investment in bank subsidiary

     (12,500     (18,000     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,806        (35,420     86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayment of short-term borrowings

     0        (300     (300

Dividends paid

     (5,521     (6,758     (5,636

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     987        38,403        296   

Payments to repurchase common stock

     (54     (221     (71

Net proceeds from issuance of treasury stock

     47        792        1,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (4,541     31,916        (4,381
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     928        1,837        787   

Cash, beginning balance

     2,734        897        110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, ending balance

   $ 3,662      $ 2,734      $ 897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 9—CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM  9A—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2011. In connection with such evaluation, the Company has determined that there have been changes in internal control over financial reporting. As discussed in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company identified a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting relating to the process to prepare and report information related to loan ratings and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. Due to the existence of this material weakness in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective.

As a result of prolonged softening real estate conditions which have resulted in an abundance of available properties in the Company’s market area, combined with borrower’s deteriorating financial conditions, the Company has taken vigorous steps to address its asset quality issues during 2011. These steps include the hiring a third party loan review firm to identify gaps in the underwriting process, credit administration and problem loan identification and monitoring. As a result of this gap analysis, the Credit Administration department, processes and procedures have been greatly enhanced to address gaps noted. In addition, the Special Assets Group (SAG), the Company’s loan workout department, was formed in the third quarter of 2011 and as of December 31, 2011 has 12 employees actively engaged in the identification and work out of problem credits in the most favorable manner to the Company. However, as enhancements were being made to underwriting, credit administration and problem loan identification and monitoring, the Company failed to implement a structured process with appropriate controls to ensure that updated loan ratings were incorporated timely into the calculation of the Allowance for Loan Losses.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, however, the Company has not fully remediated its material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting relating to loan ratings and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. The Company continues to take steps to improve its internal controls over financial reporting, and include the following remedial actions:

 

   

An independent third party has been contracted to review the Company’s loan ratings to ensure the rating is consistent with risk represented in the credit, including, but not limited to, global debt service coverage ratio, collateral valuations, and strength of guarantors.

 

   

Policies and procedures pertaining to loan ratings and flow through to the allowance for loan losses calculation have been, and are continuing to be, documented and significantly augmented.

 

   

Additional plans are being established to address internal control deficiencies, including additional documentation, training and supervision, and periodic reporting to the Company’s Credit Administration and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors. Internal controls surrounding the validation and testing of systems and models relating to loan ratings and allowance for loan losses are in the process of being strengthened.

Other than the changes identified above, there have been no changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred since the beginning of the Company’s fourth quarter of 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting for December 31, 2011 is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A. The audit report of the registered public accounting firm on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this 10-K report and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A.

ITEM 9B—OTHER INFORMATION

The Company had no other events that should have been disclosed on Form 8-K that were not already disclosed on such forms.

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10—DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all senior financial officers (including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and any person performing similar functions). The Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is available on the Bank’s website at http://www.orrstown.com. Any amendments or waivers to the Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers will be posted to the website in a timely manner.

All other information required by Item 10, is incorporated, by reference, from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A (the “Proxy Statement”), under “Proposal 1—Election of Directors—Biographical Summaries of Nominees and Directors;” “Information About Executive Officers and Other Significant Employees;” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance;” “Proposal 1—Election of Directors—Nomination of Directors,” and “Board Structure, Committees and Meeting Attendance—Audit Committee.”

ITEM 11—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement, under “Proposal 1—Election of Directors—Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation Tables,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”

ITEM 12—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities
to be issued

upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
    Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under  equity
compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (a))
 
     (a)      (b)     (c)  

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

     318,792       $ 30.25 (2)      378,622   

Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders(1)

     30,911         27.10        0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     349,703         29.97 (2)      378,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan of 2000. On January 27, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan of 2000. The Directors’ Option Plan was based on a formula plan under which options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock are granted each year to directors in office on April 1. The number of options granted each year was based on the Company’s return on average equity for the most recent fiscal year. All options have a term of 10 years from the regular grant date, are fully exercisable from the regular grant date, and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of the grant of the option based upon criteria as outlined in the plan. If a director “retires”, whether as a result of reaching mandatory retirement age, or under any other circumstances the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may determine to constitute retirement, the options previously granted to the director will expire at their scheduled expiration date. If a director’s service as a director terminates for any other reason, the options previously granted to the director will expire six months after the date of termination of service unless scheduled to expire sooner. No additional options will be granted under this plan.

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents
(2)

Restricted stock awards are not taken into account in calculating the weighted average exercise price.

All other information required by Item 12 is incorporated, by reference, from the Proxy Statement, under the captions “Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Share Ownership of Management.”

ITEM 13—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement, under “Proposal 1—Election of Directors—Director Independence”, and “Transactions with Directors and Management.”

ITEM 14—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement, under “Proposal 3—Ratification of the Audit Committee’s Selection of Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC, as the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2012—Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15—EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1)—Financial Statements

Consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this report.

(2)—Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(3)—Exhibits

 

3.1   Articles of Incorporation as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2010.
3.2   By-laws as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed January 29, 2010.
4   Instruments defining the rights of security holders including indentures. The rights of the holders of Registrant’s common stock are contained in:
10.1(a)   Form of Change in Control Agreement for selected officers—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed May 14, 2008.
10.1(b)   Change in Control Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 12, 2009.
10.2(a)   Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Kenneth R. Shoemaker, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (a) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(b)   Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Phillip E. Fague, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (b) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(c)   Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Bradley S. Everly, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (c) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(d)   Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Jeffrey W. Embly, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (d) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(e)   Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Barb Brobst, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (e) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(f)   Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Benjamin S. Stoops, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (f) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(g)   Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 8, 2010.
10.3   Officer group term replacement plan for selected officers—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed March 26, 2000
10.4(a)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Anthony F. Ceddia, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(a) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents
10.4(b)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Jeffrey W. Coy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(b) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(c)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Andrea Pugh, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(c) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(d)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Gregory A. Rosenberry, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(d) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(e)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Kenneth R. Shoemaker, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(e) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(f)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Glenn W. Snoke, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(f) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(g)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and John S. Ward, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(g) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(h)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Joel R. Zullinger, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(h) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.5   Revenue neutral retirement plan—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed March 28, 2000.
10.6   Non-employee director stock option plan of 2000—incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed March 31, 2000.
10.7   Employee stock option plan of 2000—incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed March 31, 2000.
10.8   2011 Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan—incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed June 6, 2011.
10.9   Executive Employment Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Kenneth R. Shoemaker—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed May 14, 2008.
10.10   Executive Employment Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed
August 26, 2011.
10.11   Brick Plan—Deferred Income Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Joel R. Zullinger, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.12   Form of Executive Employment Agreement for selected officers—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2010.
10.13   Executive Employment Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Bradley S. Everly—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2010.
10.14(a)   Director/Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13(a) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.14(b)   Trust Agreement for Director/Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13(b) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
14   Code of Ethics Policy for Senior Financial Officers posted on Registrant’s website.
21   Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents
  31.1    Rule 13a - 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)
  31.2    Rule 13a - 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications (Chief Financial Officer)
  32.1    Section 1350 Certifications (Chief Executive Officer)
  32.2    Section 1350 Certifications (Chief Financial Officer)
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase *
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase *
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document *
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema *
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase *
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase *

 

*

Attached as Exhibits 101 to this Form 10-K are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language). Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.

All other exhibits for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(b) Exhibits—The exhibits to this Form 10-K begin after the signature page.

(c) Financial statement schedules—None required.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (Registrant)

    By:  

/S/     THOMAS R. QUINN, JR.      

Dated: March 14, 2012

     

Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    THOMAS R. QUINN, JR.        

Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.

  

President and CEO (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  March 14, 2012

/S/    BRADLEY S. EVERLY        

Bradley S. Everly

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  March 14, 2012

/S/    DOUGLAS P. BARTON        

Douglas P. Barton

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 14, 2012

/S/    JOEL R. ZULLINGER        

Joel R. Zullinger

  

Chairman of the Board and Director

  March 14, 2012

/S/    JEFFREY W. COY        

Jeffrey W. Coy

  

Vice Chairman of the Board and Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    KENNETH R. SHOEMAKER        

Kenneth R. Shoemaker

  

Secretary and Director

  March 14, 2012

/S/    DR. ANTHONY F. CEDDIA        

Dr. Anthony F. Ceddia

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    MARK KELLER        

Mark Keller

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    ANDREA PUGH        

Andrea Pugh

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    GREGORY A. ROSENBERRY        

Gregory A. Rosenberry

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    GLENN W. SNOKE        

Glenn W. Snoke

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

/S/    JOHN S. WARD        

John S. Ward

  

Director

 

March 14, 2012

 

- 132 -